$value ) { * $$var = $value; * } * @endcode * * There should be no reason for application logic to do this. * * @note This method is relatively slow, it should not be used by * performance critical code. Application logic should generally * use ConfigSchema instead * * @param string $prefix A prefix to prepend to each setting name. * Typically, this will be "wg" when constructing global * variable names. * * @return Generator $settingName => $defaultValue */ public static function listDefaultValues( string $prefix = '' ): Generator { $class = new ReflectionClass( self::class ); foreach ( $class->getReflectionConstants() as $const ) { if ( !$const->isPublic() ) { continue; } $value = $const->getValue(); if ( !is_array( $value ) ) { // Just in case we end up having some other kind of constant on this class. continue; } if ( isset( $value['obsolete'] ) ) { continue; } $name = $const->getName(); yield "$prefix$name" => self::getDefaultFromJsonSchema( $value ); } } /** * Returns the default value of the given config setting. * * @note This method is relatively slow, it should not be used by * performance critical code. Application logic should generally * use ConfigSchema instead * * @param string $name The config setting name. * * @return mixed The given config setting's default value, or null * if no default value is specified in the schema. */ public static function getDefaultValue( string $name ) { $class = new ReflectionClass( self::class ); if ( !$class->hasConstant( $name ) ) { throw new InvalidArgumentException( "Unknown setting: $name" ); } $value = $class->getConstant( $name ); if ( !is_array( $value ) ) { // Might happen if we end up having other kinds of constants on this class. throw new InvalidArgumentException( "Unknown setting: $name" ); } return self::getDefaultFromJsonSchema( $value ); } /***************************************************************************/ /** * Registry of factory functions to create config objects: * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid * callable. * * @since 1.23 */ public const ConfigRegistry = [ 'default' => [ 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance', ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php */ public const Sitename = [ 'default' => 'MediaWiki', ]; /***************************************************************************/ // region Server URLs and file paths /** @name Server URLs and file paths * * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path. * * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included. */ /** * URL of the server. * * **Example:** * ``` * $wgServer = 'http://example.com'; * ``` * * This must be set in LocalSettings.php. The MediaWiki installer does this * automatically since 1.18. * * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer * to a fully qualified URL. */ public const Server = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails. * * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative. * * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed. * * @since 1.18 */ public const CanonicalServer = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized. * * @since 1.24 */ public const ServerName = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy * exposes the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http). * * @since 1.26 */ public const AssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = [ 'default' => true, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should * be a protocol-relative URL. * * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer. * * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184 * @since 1.24 */ public const HttpsPort = [ 'default' => 443, ]; /** * If this is true, when an insecure HTTP request is received, always redirect * to HTTPS. This overrides and disables the preferhttps user preference, and it * overrides $wgSecureLogin. * * $wgServer may be either https or protocol-relative. If $wgServer starts with * "http://", an exception will be thrown. * * If a reverse proxy or CDN is used to forward requests from HTTPS to HTTP, * the request header "X-Forwarded-Proto: https" should be sent to suppress * the redirect. * * In addition to setting this to true, for optimal security, the web server * should also be configured to send Strict-Transport-Security response headers. * * @since 1.35 */ public const ForceHTTPS = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * The path we should point to. * * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example. * * This *needs* to be set correctly. * * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly * set in LocalSettings.php */ public const ScriptPath = [ 'default' => '/wiki', ]; /** * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title. * The effective default value is determined at runtime: * it will be enabled in environments where it is expected to be safe. * * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct. * * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used. * * @since 1.2.1 */ public const UsePathInfo = [ 'dynamicDefault' => true, ]; public static function getDefaultUsePathInfo(): bool { // These often break when PHP is set up in CGI mode. // PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set, but then again it may not; // lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase on systems // with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of // problems on Apache as well. return !str_contains( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) && !str_contains( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) && !str_contains( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ); } /** * The URL path to index.php. * * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php". */ public const Script = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath * @return string */ public static function getDefaultScript( $scriptPath ): string { return "$scriptPath/index.php"; } /** * The URL path to load.php. * * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php". * * @since 1.17 */ public const LoadScript = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath * @return string */ public static function getDefaultLoadScript( $scriptPath ): string { return "$scriptPath/load.php"; } /** * The URL path to the REST API. * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/rest.php" * * @since 1.34 */ public const RestPath = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath * @return string */ public static function getDefaultRestPath( $scriptPath ): string { return "$scriptPath/rest.php"; } /** * The URL path of the skins directory. * * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins". * * @since 1.3 */ public const StylePath = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ResourceBasePath' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $resourceBasePath Value of ResourceBasePath * @return string */ public static function getDefaultStylePath( $resourceBasePath ): string { return "$resourceBasePath/skins"; } /** * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain. * * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins". * * @since 1.17 */ public const LocalStylePath = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath * @return string */ public static function getDefaultLocalStylePath( $scriptPath ): string { // Avoid ResourceBasePath here since that may point to a different domain (e.g. CDN) return "$scriptPath/skins"; } /** * The URL path of the extensions directory. * * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions". * * @since 1.16 */ public const ExtensionAssetsPath = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ResourceBasePath' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $resourceBasePath Value of ResourceBasePath * @return string */ public static function getDefaultExtensionAssetsPath( $resourceBasePath ): string { return "$resourceBasePath/extensions"; } /** * Extensions directory in the file system. * * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions" in Setup.php * * @note This configuration variable is used to locate extensions while loading settings. * @since 1.25 */ public const ExtensionDirectory = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Skins directory in the file system. * * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins" in Setup.php. * * @note This configuration variable is used to locate skins while loading settings. * @since 1.3 */ public const StyleDirectory = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1, * which is replaced by the article title. * * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1", * depending on $wgUsePathInfo. */ public const ArticlePath = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Script', 'UsePathInfo' ] ] ]; /** * @param string $script Value of Script * @param mixed $usePathInfo Value of UsePathInfo * @return string */ public static function getDefaultArticlePath( string $script, $usePathInfo ): string { if ( $usePathInfo ) { return "$script/$1"; } return "$script?title=$1"; } /** * The URL path for the images directory. * * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images". */ public const UploadPath = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath * @return string */ public static function getDefaultUploadPath( $scriptPath ): string { return "$scriptPath/images"; } /** * The base path for img_auth.php. This is used to interpret the request URL * for requests to img_auth.php that do not match the base upload path. If * false, "{$wgScriptPath}/img_auth.php" is used. * * Normally, requests to img_auth.php have a REQUEST_URI which matches * $wgUploadPath, and in that case, setting this should not be necessary. * This variable is used in case img_auth.php is accessed via a different path * than $wgUploadPath. * * @since 1.35 */ public const ImgAuthPath = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * The base path for thumb_handler.php. This is used to interpret the request URL * for requests to thumb_handler.php that do not match the base upload path. * * @since 1.36 */ public const ThumbPath = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * The filesystem path of the images directory. * * Defaults to "{$IP}/images" in Setup.php. */ public const UploadDirectory = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => '?string|false', ]; /** * Directory where the cached page will be saved. * * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache". */ public const FileCacheDirectory = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $uploadDirectory Value of UploadDirectory * @return string */ public static function getDefaultFileCacheDirectory( $uploadDirectory ): string { return "$uploadDirectory/cache"; } /** * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels. * * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg". * Developers should retrieve this logo (and other variants) using * the static function MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\SkinModule::getAvailableLogos * Ignored if $wgLogos is set. */ public const Logo = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ResourceBasePath' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $resourceBasePath Value of ResourceBasePath * @return string */ public static function getDefaultLogo( $resourceBasePath ): string { return "$resourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg"; } /** * Specification for different versions of the wiki logo. * * This is an array which should have the following k/v pairs: * All path values can be either absolute or relative URIs * * The `1x` key is a path to the 1x version of square logo (should be 135x135 pixels) * The `1.5x` key is a path to the 1.5x version of square logo * The `2x` key is a path to the 2x version of square logo * The `svg` key is a path to the svg version of square logo * The `icon` key is a path to the version of the logo without wordmark and tagline * The `wordmark` key may be null or an array with the following fields * - `src` path to wordmark version * - `1x` path to svg wordmark version (if you want to * support browsers with SVG support with an SVG logo) * - `width` width of the logo in pixels * - `height` height of the logo in pixels * The `tagline` key may be null or array with the following fields * - `src` path to tagline image * - `width` width of the tagline in pixels * - `height` height of the tagline in pixels * * * @par Example: * @code * $wgLogos = [ * '1x' => 'path/to/1x_version.png', * '1.5x' => 'path/to/1.5x_version.png', * '2x' => 'path/to/2x_version.png', * 'svg' => 'path/to/svg_version.svg', * 'icon' => 'path/to/icon.png', * 'wordmark' => [ * 'src' => 'path/to/wordmark_version.png', * '1x' => 'path/to/wordmark_version.svg', * 'width' => 135, * 'height' => 20, * ], * 'tagline' => [ * 'src' => 'path/to/tagline_version.png', * 'width' => 135, * 'height' => 15, * ] * ]; * @endcode * * Defaults to [ "1x" => $wgLogo ], * or [ "1x" => "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg" ] if $wgLogo is not set. * @since 1.35 */ public const Logos = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'map|false', ]; /** * The URL path of the icon. * * @since 1.6 */ public const Favicon = [ 'default' => '/favicon.ico', ]; /** * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks. * * Defaults to no icon. * * @since 1.12 */ public const AppleTouchIcon = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Value for the referrer policy meta tag. * * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification: * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/ * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin', * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin', * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url') * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header, * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.) * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not * understand it). * * @since 1.25 */ public const ReferrerPolicy = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'list|string|false', ]; /** * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This must not be web-accessible. * * When this setting is set to false, its value will automatically be decided * through the first call to wfTempDir(). See that method's implementation for * the actual detection logic. * * To find the temporary path for the current wiki, developers must not use * this variable directly. Use the global function wfTempDir() instead. * * The temporary directory is expected to be shared with other applications, * including other MediaWiki instances (which might not run the same version * or configuration). When storing files here, take care to avoid conflicts * with other instances of MediaWiki. For example, when caching the result * of a computation, the file name should incorporate the input of the * computation so that it cannot be confused for the result of a similar * computation by another MediaWiki instance. * * @see \wfTempDir() * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20. */ public const TmpDirectory = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete * upload URL. * * @since 1.4 */ public const UploadBaseUrl = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL. * * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name. * * @deprecated since 1.36 Use thumbProxyUrl in $wgLocalFileRepo * * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl and thumbProxyUrl are both false, thumbs are * rendered locally as needed. * @since 1.17 */ public const UploadStashScalerBaseUrl = [ 'default' => false, 'deprecated' => 'since 1.36 Use thumbProxyUrl in $wgLocalFileRepo', ]; /** * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than * plain page views, add to this array. * * **Example:** * Set pretty URL for the edit action: * * ``` * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1" * ``` * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these URLs. * * @since 1.5 */ public const ActionPaths = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * When enabled, the domain root will show the wiki's main page, * instead of redirecting to the main page. * * @since 1.34 */ public const MainPageIsDomainRoot = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; // endregion -- end of server URLs and file paths /***************************************************************************/ // region Files and file uploads /** @name Files and file uploads */ /** * Allow users to upload files. * * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored. * Disabled by default as for security reasons. * See . * * @since 1.5 */ public const EnableUploads = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files */ public const UploadStashMaxAge = [ 'default' => 6 * 3600, // 6 hours ]; /** * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue. * * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the * 'AssembleUploadChunks','PublishStashedFile' and 'UploadFromUrl' job types. */ public const EnableAsyncUploads = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Enable the async processing of upload by url in Special:Upload. * * Only works if EnableAsyncUploads is also enabled */ public const EnableAsyncUploadsByURL = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * To disable file delete/restore temporarily */ public const UploadMaintenance = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class. * * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for * completeness. * * @deprecated since 1.41; no longer customizable */ public const IllegalFileChars = [ 'default' => ':\\/\\\\', 'deprecated' => 'since 1.41; no longer customizable', ]; /** * What directory to place deleted uploads in. * * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted". */ public const DeletedDirectory = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $uploadDirectory Value of UploadDirectory * @return string */ public static function getDefaultDeletedDirectory( $uploadDirectory ): string { return "$uploadDirectory/deleted"; } /** * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed. */ public const ImgAuthDetails = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths. * * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap. * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client. * * Example: * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/'; * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/". * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends. * * @see self::FileBackends */ public const ImgAuthUrlPathMap = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * File repository structures * * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative * array of properties configuring the repository. * * Properties required for all repos: * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension. * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo. * * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local'). * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters. * * Optional common properties: * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends). If not specified, or * if the name is not present in $wgFileBackends, an FSFileBackend * will automatically be configured. * - lockManager If a file backend is automatically configured, this will be lock * manager name used. A lock manager named in $wgLockManagers, or one of * the default lock managers "fsLockManager" or "nullLockManager". Default * "fsLockManager". * - favicon URL to a favicon. This is exposed via FileRepo::getInfo and * ApiQueryFileRepoInfo. Originally for use by MediaViewer (T77093). * * For most core repos: * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with: * container : backend container name the zone is in * directory : root path within container for the zone * url : base URL to the root of the zone * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs * (useful for using a different cache for videos) * Zones default to using "-" as the container name * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory. * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided. * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence. * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files. * * Set this to 0 if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images * directory into many subdirectories. * * It is recommended to leave this enabled. In previous versions of * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to * the wiki by copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. * This is no longer supported, use maintenance/importImages.php instead. * * Default: 2. * - deletedHashLevels * Optional 'hashLevels' override for the 'deleted' zone. * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended) * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404 * handler instead. * - thumbProxyUrl Optional. URL of where to proxy thumb.php requests to. This is * also used internally for remote thumbnailing of upload stash files. * Example: http://127.0.0.1:8888/wiki/dev/thumb/ * - thumbProxySecret Optional value of the X-Swift-Secret header to use in requests to * thumbProxyUrl * - disableLocalTransform * If present and true, local image scaling will be disabled. If attempted, * it will show an error to the user and log an error message. To avoid an * error, thumbProxyUrl must be set, as well as either transformVia404 * (preferred) or thumbScriptUrl. * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE], * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter. * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched. * - pathDisclosureProtection * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'. * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default * is 0644. * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for * some remote repos. * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "/thumb". * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "/thumb". * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private. * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable; * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend. * - useJsonMetadata Whether handler metadata should be stored in JSON format. Default: true. * - useSplitMetadata Whether handler metadata should be split up and stored in the text table. * Default: false. * - splitMetadataThreshold * If the media handler opts in, large metadata items will be split into a * separate blob in the database if the item is larger than this threshold. * Default: 1000 * - updateCompatibleMetadata * When true, image metadata will be upgraded by reloading it from the original * file, if the handler indicates that it is out of date. * * By default, when purging a file or otherwise refreshing file metadata, it * is only reloaded when the metadata is invalid. Valid data originally loaded * by a current or older compatible version is left unchanged. Enable this * to also reload and upgrade metadata that was stored by an older compatible * version. See also MediaHandler::isMetadataValid, and RefreshImageMetadata. * * Default: false. * * - reserializeMetadata * If true, image metadata will be automatically rewritten to the database * if its serialization format is out of date. Default: false * * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored * for local repositories: * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File: * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g. * https://en.wikipedia.org/w * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them * on the local wiki. * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names. * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension. * * ForeignDBRepo: * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to, * and accessible from, this wiki. * * ForeignAPIRepo: * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for * * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values. * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above. * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons. * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will * be searched after the local file repo. * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files. * * @see \FileRepo::__construct for the default options. * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization. */ public const LocalFileRepo = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'map|false', 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory', 'ScriptPath', 'Favicon', 'UploadBaseUrl', 'UploadPath', 'HashedUploadDirectory', 'ThumbnailScriptPath', 'GenerateThumbnailOnParse', 'DeletedDirectory', 'UpdateCompatibleMetadata' ] ], ]; public static function getDefaultLocalFileRepo( $uploadDirectory, $scriptPath, $favicon, $uploadBaseUrl, $uploadPath, $hashedUploadDirectory, $thumbnailScriptPath, $generateThumbnailOnParse, $deletedDirectory, $updateCompatibleMetadata ) { return [ 'class' => LocalRepo::class, 'name' => 'local', 'directory' => $uploadDirectory, 'scriptDirUrl' => $scriptPath, 'favicon' => $favicon, 'url' => $uploadBaseUrl ? $uploadBaseUrl . $uploadPath : $uploadPath, 'hashLevels' => $hashedUploadDirectory ? 2 : 0, 'thumbScriptUrl' => $thumbnailScriptPath, 'transformVia404' => !$generateThumbnailOnParse, 'deletedDir' => $deletedDirectory, 'deletedHashLevels' => $hashedUploadDirectory ? 3 : 0, 'updateCompatibleMetadata' => $updateCompatibleMetadata, 'reserializeMetadata' => $updateCompatibleMetadata, ]; } /** * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis. * * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here. * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo * and $wgUploadDirectory for that. * * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax). * * @since 1.11 * @see self::LocalFileRepo */ public const ForeignFileRepos = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository. * * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the * default settings. * * @since 1.16 */ public const UseInstantCommons = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos. * * Uses the following variables: * * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory. * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath. * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory. * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath. * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse. * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl. * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions. * * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo * class, with also the following variables: * * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname. * - dbType: $wgDBtype. * - dbServer: $wgDBserver. * - dbUser: $wgDBuser. * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword. * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql. * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix, * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads. * * @since 1.3 */ public const UseSharedUploads = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. * * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. * * @since 1.3 */ public const SharedUploadDirectory = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. * * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. * * @since 1.3 */ public const SharedUploadPath = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. * * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. * * @since 1.3 */ public const HashedSharedUploadDirectory = [ 'default' => true, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. * * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. * * @since 1.5 */ public const RepositoryBaseUrl = [ 'default' => 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:', ]; /** * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. * * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. * * @since 1.5 */ public const FetchCommonsDescriptions = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos. * * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki. * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. * * @since 1.4 */ public const SharedUploadDBname = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'false|string', ]; /** * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos. * * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. * * @since 1.5 */ public const SharedUploadDBprefix = [ 'default' => '', 'type' => 'string', ]; /** * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos. * * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. * * @since 1.5 */ public const CacheSharedUploads = [ 'default' => true, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki. * * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository. * * Example: * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ]; */ public const ForeignUploadTargets = [ 'default' => [ 'local', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog). * * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote * wikis using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API). * * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted. */ public const UploadDialog = [ 'default' => [ 'fields' => [ 'description' => true, 'date' => false, 'categories' => false, ], 'licensemessages' => [ 'local' => 'generic-local', 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign', ], 'comment' => [ 'local' => '', 'foreign' => '', ], 'format' => [ 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION', 'description' => '$TEXT', 'ownwork' => '', 'license' => '', 'uncategorized' => '', ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * File backend structure configuration. * * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays. * Each backend configuration has the following parameters: * - name : A unique name for the backend * - class : The file backend class to use * - wikiId : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix) * - lockManager : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers) [optional] * * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details. * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used. * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible. * * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence. * * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend: * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative. * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki, * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed. * Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not* * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing. * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful * if multiple wikis need to share the same data. * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm. */ public const FileBackends = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * List of lock manager backend configurations. * * Each backend configuration has the following parameters: * - name : A unique name for the lock manager * - class : The lock manager class to use * * See LockManager::__construct() for more details. * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used. * These settings should be global to all wikis. */ public const LockManagers = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Whether to show Exif data. * The effective default value is determined at runtime: * enabled if PHP's EXIF extension module is loaded. * * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php * * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS: * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows * extensions" section of php.ini: * * ```{.ini} * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll * ``` */ public const ShowEXIF = [ 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'callback' => [ self::class, 'getDefaultShowEXIF' ] ], ]; public static function getDefaultShowEXIF(): bool { return function_exists( 'exif_read_data' ); } /** * Shortcut for the 'updateCompatibleMetadata' setting of $wgLocalFileRepo. */ public const UpdateCompatibleMetadata = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL. * * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout. * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this. */ public const AllowCopyUploads = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * A list of domains copy uploads can come from * * @since 1.20 */ public const CopyUploadsDomains = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard). */ public const CopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Proxy to use for copy upload requests. * * @since 1.20 */ public const CopyUploadProxy = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Different timeout for upload by url * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback * to default. * * @since 1.22 */ public const CopyUploadTimeout = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'false|integer', ]; /** * If true, the value of $wgCopyUploadsDomains will be merged with the * contents of MediaWiki:Copyupload-allowed-domains. * * @since 1.39 */ public const CopyUploadAllowOnWikiDomainConfig = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Max size for uploads, in bytes. * * If not set to an array, applies to all uploads. If set to an array, per upload * type maximums can be set, using the file and url keys. If the `*` key is set * this value will be used as maximum for non-specified types. * * The below example would set the maximum for all uploads to 250 KiB except, * for upload-by-url, which would have a maximum of 500 KiB. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgMaxUploadSize = [ * '*' => 250 * 1024, * 'url' => 500 * 1024, * ]; * ``` * Default: 100 MiB. */ public const MaxUploadSize = [ 'default' => 1024 * 1024 * 100, ]; /** * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. * * When using chunked upload, non-final chunks smaller than this will be rejected. * * Note that this may be further reduced by the `upload_max_filesize` and * `post_max_size` PHP settings. Use ApiUpload::getMinUploadChunkSize to * get the effective minimum chunk size used by MediaWiki. * * Default: 1 KiB. * * @since 1.26 * @see \ApiUpload::getMinUploadChunkSize */ public const MinUploadChunkSize = [ 'default' => 1024, ]; /** * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that). * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload'; * ``` */ public const UploadNavigationUrl = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=" * appended to it as appropriate. */ public const UploadMissingFileUrl = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL. * * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write * access to the thumbnail path. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php"; * ``` */ public const ThumbnailScriptPath = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. * * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. * * @since 1.3 */ public const SharedThumbnailScriptPath = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'string|false', ]; /** * Shortcut for setting `hashLevels=2` in $wgLocalFileRepo. * * @note Only used if $wgLocalFileRepo is not set. */ public const HashedUploadDirectory = [ 'default' => true, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning. * * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here, * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF). */ public const FileExtensions = [ 'default' => [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads. * * An array of file extensions to prevent being uploaded. You should * append to this array if you want to prevent additional file extensions. * * @since 1.37; previously $wgFileBlacklist */ public const ProhibitedFileExtensions = [ 'default' => [ # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht', # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar', # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi', # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl', # T341565 'xml', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled. * * @since 1.37; previously $wgMimeTypeBlacklist */ public const MimeTypeExclusions = [ 'default' => [ # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs 'text/html', # Similarly with JavaScript itself 'application/javascript', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript', # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php', # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh', # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload', # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems 'application/x-msmetafile', # Files that look like java files 'application/java', # XML files generally - T341565 'application/xml', 'text/xml', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload. * * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis. */ public const CheckFileExtensions = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered * by $wgFileExtensions. * * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis. */ public const StrictFileExtensions = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript. * * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust */ public const DisableUploadScriptChecks = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable */ public const UploadSizeWarning = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * list of trusted media-types and MIME types. * * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types. * This list is used by File::isSafeFile * * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats. */ public const TrustedMediaFormats = [ 'default' => [ MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported) "application/pdf", // PDF files # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Plugins for media file type handling. * * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name * * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory, * and extensions should use extension.json. */ public const MediaHandlers = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Toggles native image lazy loading, via the "loading" attribute. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL * @since 1.34 */ public const NativeImageLazyLoading = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual * thumbnails, so a mock will do) */ public const ParserTestMediaHandlers = [ 'default' => [ 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler', 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler', 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler', 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler', 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler', 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler', 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler', 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler', 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler', 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler', ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and * height= attributes on the tag for the client to do its own scaling. */ public const UseImageResize = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick. * * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG, * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP. * * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions. */ public const UseImageMagick = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick */ public const ImageMagickConvertCommand = [ 'default' => '/usr/bin/convert', ]; /** * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type * * @since 1.27 */ public const MaxInterlacingAreas = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick */ public const SharpenParameter = [ 'default' => '0x0.4', ]; /** * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled */ public const SharpenReductionThreshold = [ 'default' => 0.85, ]; /** * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself. */ public const ImageMagickTempDir = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height. * * **Example for GraphicMagick:** * * ``` * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d" * ``` * Leave as false to skip this. */ public const CustomConvertCommand = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * used for lossless jpeg rotation * * @since 1.21 */ public const JpegTran = [ 'default' => '/usr/bin/jpegtran', ]; /** * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing * at sharp edges. * * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling * * Supported values: * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior) * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions * * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend; * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's * sampling in the thumbnail. * * @since 1.27 */ public const JpegPixelFormat = [ 'default' => 'yuv420', ]; /** * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request * from the backend. It should be an integer between 1 and 100, * with 100 indicating 100% quality. * * @since 1.32 */ public const JpegQuality = [ 'default' => 80, ]; /** * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some * image formats. */ public const Exiv2Command = [ 'default' => '/usr/bin/exiv2', ]; /** * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping. * * @since 1.26 */ public const Exiftool = [ 'default' => '/usr/bin/exiftool', ]; /** * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images. * * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format. * * An external program is required to perform this conversion. * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height */ public const SVGConverters = [ 'default' => [ 'ImageMagick' => '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\\! $input PNG:$output', 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output', 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output', 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d $output $input', 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input', 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output', 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt', ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters */ public const SVGConverter = [ 'default' => 'ImageMagick', ]; /** * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path. */ public const SVGConverterPath = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * Don't scale a SVG larger than this */ public const SVGMaxSize = [ 'default' => 5120, ]; /** * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point. * * Default is 5 MiB */ public const SVGMetadataCutoff = [ 'default' => 1024 * 1024 * 5, ]; /** * Whether native rendering by the browser agent is allowed * * Default is false. Setting it to true disables all SVG conversion. * Setting to the string 'partial' will only allow native rendering * when the filesize is below SVGNativeRenderingSizeLimit and if the * file contains at most 1 language. * * @since 1.41 */ public const SVGNativeRendering = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'string|boolean', ]; /** * Filesize limit for allowing SVGs to render natively by the browser agent * * Default is 50kB. * * @since 1.41 */ public const SVGNativeRenderingSizeLimit = [ 'default' => 50 * 1024, ]; /** * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as * page language), if available. * * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute * to specify text language. * * @since 1.33 */ public const MediaInTargetLanguage = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated. * * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension. * * If set to false, MediaWiki will not check the size of the image before * attempting to scale it. Extensions may still override this setting by * using the BitmapHandlerCheckImageArea hook. * * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500. */ public const MaxImageArea = [ 'default' => 12_500_000, 'type' => 'string|integer|false', ]; /** * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation. * * * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea. */ public const MaxAnimatedGifArea = [ 'default' => 12_500_000, ]; /** * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally... * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG. * * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling. * * **Example:** * * ``` * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ]; * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams. * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ]; * ``` */ public const TiffThumbnailType = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', 'mergeStrategy' => 'replace', ]; /** * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist. * * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs. */ public const ThumbnailEpoch = [ 'default' => '20030516000000', ]; /** * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures, * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume. * * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed. */ public const AttemptFailureEpoch = [ 'default' => 1, ]; /** * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "" tags ready for * output instead of showing an error message. * * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request. * * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging. * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors * are logged to a file for review. */ public const IgnoreImageErrors = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Render thumbnails while parsing wikitext. * * If set to false, then the Parser will output valid thumbnail URLs without * generating or storing the thumbnail files. This can significantly speed up * processing on the web server. The site admin needs to configure a 404 handler * in order for the URLs in question to regenerate the thumbnails in question * on-demand. This can enable concurrency and also save computing resources * as not every resolution of every image on every page is accessed between * re-parses of the article. For example, re-parses triggered by bot edits, * or cascading updates from template edits. * * If you use $wgLocalFileRepo, then you will also need to set the following: * * ``` * $wgLocalFileRepo['transformVia404'] = true; * ``` * * @since 1.7.0 */ public const GenerateThumbnailOnParse = [ 'default' => true, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page */ public const ShowArchiveThumbnails = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler * is available that can rotate. */ public const EnableAutoRotation = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?boolean', ]; /** * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses. */ public const Antivirus = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type. * * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e. * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array. * * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys: * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern": * * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full * path. * * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus * function in SpecialUpload. * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired * is not set. * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to * viruses. This causes the file to pass. * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning * no virus was found. * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report * a virus. * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise. * * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1). * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user. */ public const AntivirusSetup = [ 'default' => [ # setup for clamav 'clamav' => [ 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ', 'codemap' => [ "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune) "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed ], 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim', ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected. */ public const AntivirusRequired = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked */ public const VerifyMimeType = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php. * * When this is set to the path of a mime.types file, MediaWiki will use this * file to map MIME types to file extensions and vice versa, in lieu of its * internal MIME map. Note that some MIME mappings are considered "baked in" * and cannot be overridden. See includes/libs/mime/MimeMapMinimal.php for a * full list. * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types'; */ public const MimeTypeFile = [ 'default' => 'internal', ]; /** * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php. * * Set to null to use the minimum set of built-in defaults only. */ public const MimeInfoFile = [ 'default' => 'internal', ]; /** * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only * the MIME type to standard output. * * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here. * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used. * * **Example:** * * ``` * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; // use external MIME detector (Linux) * ``` */ public const MimeDetectorCommand = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions * can be trusted. */ public const TrivialMimeDetection = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection. * * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ] */ public const XMLMimeTypes = [ 'default' => [ 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml', 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml', 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram', 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', 'html' => 'text/html', ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. * * In order to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from this list. * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you * change it if you alter the array (see T10858). * * This list is also used by ImagePage for alternate size links. */ public const ImageLimits = [ 'default' => [ [ 320, 240 ], [ 640, 480 ], [ 800, 600 ], [ 1024, 768 ], [ 1280, 1024 ], [ 2560, 2048 ], ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the * list of settings the user can choose from: */ public const ThumbLimits = [ 'default' => [ 120, 150, 180, 200, 250, 300 ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Defines what namespaces thumbnails will be displayed for in Special:Search. * This is the list of namespaces for which thumbnails (or a placeholder in * the absence of a thumbnail) will be shown: */ public const ThumbnailNamespaces = [ 'default' => [ NS_FILE ], 'type' => 'list', 'items' => [ 'type' => 'integer', ], ]; /** * When defined, is an array of image widths used as steps for thumbnail sizes. * * The thumbnail with smallest step that has larger value than requested will be shown * but it will be downsized via HTML values. * * It increases the bandwidth to the users by serving slightly large thumbnail sizes they * have requested but it will save resources by de-duplicating thumbnail generation and storage. * * Note that these steps are "best effort" and MediaWiki might decide to use the requested size * for any reason. */ public const ThumbnailSteps = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?list', ]; /** * Ratio of images that will use the thumbnail steps * * This is to allow for gradual roll out of thumbnail steps. It should be a number between 0 and 1. * * The precision of this value is up to 0.001, anything below that will be ignored. */ public const ThumbnailStepsRatio = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?float', ]; /** * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation. * * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss. * * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler * supports it. */ public const ThumbnailBuckets = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?list', ]; /** * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the * following buckets: * * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ]; * * and a distance of 50: * * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50; * * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used, * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512. */ public const ThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = [ 'default' => 50, ]; /** * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, * which has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size. * * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront. * * @since 1.25 */ public const UploadThumbnailRenderMap = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap * * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the * thumbnail's URL. * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The * latter option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail. * * @since 1.25 */ public const UploadThumbnailRenderMethod = [ 'default' => 'jobqueue', ]; /** * When using the "http" $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP * header. * * @since 1.25 */ public const UploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * When using the "http" $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to * send the HTTP request to. * * @since 1.25 */ public const UploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more * lightweight * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails. * * @since 1.26 */ public const UseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Parameters for the "" tag. * * Fields are: * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px") * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px") * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename". * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS * and will be the behaviour after deprecation. * @deprecated since 1.28 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories * - mode: Gallery mode */ public const GalleryOptions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode. */ public const ThumbUpright = [ 'default' => 0.75, ]; /** * Default value for chmod-ing of new directories. */ public const DirectoryMode = [ 'default' => 0777, // octal! ]; /** * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities. * * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute. */ public const ResponsiveImages = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Add a preconnect link for browsers to a remote FileRepo host. * * This is an optional performance enhancement designed for wiki farm where * $wgForeignFileRepos or $wgLocalFileRepo is set to serve thumbnails from a * separate hostname (e.g. not local `/w/images`). The feature expects at most * a single remote hostname to be used. * * If multiple foreign repos are registered that serve images from different hostnames, * only the first will be preconnected. * * This may cause unneeded HTTP connections in browsers on wikis where a foreign repo is * enabled but where a local repo is more commonly used. * * @since 1.35 */ public const ImagePreconnect = [ 'default' => false, ]; /***************************************************************************/ // region DJVU settings /** @name DJVU settings */ /** * Whether to use BoxedCommand or not. * * @unstable Temporary feature flag for T352515 * @since 1.42 */ public const DjvuUseBoxedCommand = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Path of the djvudump executable * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump'; * * If this is set, {@link self::ShellboxShell} must be set to the correct * shell path. */ public const DjvuDump = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu'; */ public const DjvuRenderer = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt'; * * If this is set, {@link self::ShellboxShell} must be set to the correct * shell path. */ public const DjvuTxt = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Shell command for the DJVU post processor * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly. */ public const DjvuPostProcessor = [ 'default' => 'pnmtojpeg', 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * File extension for the DJVU post processor output */ public const DjvuOutputExtension = [ 'default' => 'jpg', ]; // endregion -- end of DJvu // endregion -- end of file uploads /***************************************************************************/ // region Email settings /** @name Email settings */ /** * Site admin email address. * * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php). */ public const EmergencyContact = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Sender email address for e-mail notifications. * * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder, * as well as other e-mail notifications. * * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php). */ public const PasswordSender = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications. * * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php). */ public const NoReplyAddress = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features: * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this. */ public const EnableEmail = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail. * * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track. */ public const EnableUserEmail = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Set to true to enable the Special Mute page. This allows users * to mute unwanted communications from other users, and is linked * to from emails originating from Special:Email. * * @since 1.34 */ public const EnableSpecialMute = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail mutelist. * * @since 1.37; previously $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist */ public const EnableUserEmailMuteList = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.) * * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value, * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions * can cause emails to fail to be received when false. */ public const UserEmailUseReplyTo = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding. */ public const PasswordReminderResendTime = [ 'default' => 24, ]; /** * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires. */ public const NewPasswordExpiry = [ 'default' => 3600 * 24 * 7, ]; /** * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires */ public const UserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = [ 'default' => 7 * 24 * 60 * 60, ]; /** * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration. */ public const PasswordExpirationDays = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login, * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login. */ public const PasswordExpireGrace = [ 'default' => 3600 * 24 * 7, ]; /** * SMTP Mode. * * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection. * Default to false or fill an array : * * ``` * $wgSMTP = [ * 'host' => 'SMTP domain', * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID', * 'port' => '25', * 'auth' => [true|false], * 'username' => [SMTP username], * 'password' => [SMTP password], * ]; * ``` */ public const SMTP = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'false|map', ]; /** * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call. */ public const AdditionalMailParams = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email */ public const AllowHTMLEmail = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender. * * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled. * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in, * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To". * * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender. */ public const EnotifFromEditor = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address. * * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open * spam relay. */ public const EmailAuthentication = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes. */ public const EnotifWatchlist = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their * user talk page. * * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user * preference set to true. */ public const EnotifUserTalk = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To". * * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To". * * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor. * * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender. */ public const EnotifRevealEditorAddress = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits. * * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk). * * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits. * * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings, * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there. */ public const EnotifMinorEdits = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username. * * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load. * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP. * * @deprecated since 1.44 */ public const EnotifImpersonal = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should * match the limit on your mail server. * * @deprecated since 1.44 */ public const EnotifMaxRecips = [ 'default' => 500, ]; /** * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field. */ public const EnotifUseRealName = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes. */ public const UsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; // endregion -- end of email settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Database settings /** @name Database settings */ /** * Current wiki database name * * This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+). * Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are likely to be problematic. * * This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain). * * This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured. */ public const DBname = [ 'default' => 'my_wiki', ]; /** * Current wiki database schema name * * This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+). * Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are likely to be problematic. * * This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain). * * This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured. */ public const DBmwschema = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Current wiki database table name prefix * * This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+). * If it's a non-empty string, then it preferably should end with an underscore. * Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are especially likely to be problematic. * * This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain). * * This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured. */ public const DBprefix = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * Database host name or IP address */ public const DBserver = [ 'default' => 'localhost', ]; /** * Database port number */ public const DBport = [ 'default' => 5432, ]; /** * Database username */ public const DBuser = [ 'default' => 'wikiuser', ]; /** * Database user's password */ public const DBpassword = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * Database type */ public const DBtype = [ 'default' => 'mysql', ]; /** * Whether to use SSL in DB connection. * * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise * the 'ssl' parameter of the server array must be set to achieve the same functionality. */ public const DBssl = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Whether to use compression in DB connection. * * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database * connection to achieve the same functionality. */ public const DBcompress = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Check for warnings after DB queries and throw an exception if an * unacceptable warning is detected. * * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array. * Otherwise, the 'strictWarnings' parameter of the server array must be set * to achieve the same functionality. * * @since 1.42 */ public const DBStrictWarnings = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default. */ public const DBadminuser = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default. */ public const DBadminpassword = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * Search type. * * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class * name to override to a custom search engine. * * If the canonical name for the search engine doesn't match the class name * (because it's namespaced for example), you can add a mapping for this in * SearchMappings in extension.json. */ public const SearchType = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * Alternative search types * * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically. * * If the canonical name for the search engine doesn't match the class name * (because it's namespaced for example), you can add a mapping for this in * SearchMappings in extension.json. */ public const SearchTypeAlternatives = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * MySQL table options to use during installation or update */ public const DBTableOptions = [ 'default' => 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary', ]; /** * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set. * * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume * the DBA has done their best job. * String override can be used for some additional fun :-) */ public const SQLMode = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * Default group to use when getting database connections. * * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection. * * @since 1.32 */ public const DBDefaultGroup = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data) */ public const SQLiteDataDir = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the * main database. * * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables. * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16) * * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them. * * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to * $wgDBprefix. * * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to * $wgDBmwschema. */ public const SharedDB = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * @see self::SharedDB */ public const SharedPrefix = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'DBprefix' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $dbPrefix Value of DBprefix * @return mixed */ public static function getDefaultSharedPrefix( $dbPrefix ) { return $dbPrefix; } /** * @see self::SharedDB * The installer will add 'actor' to this list for all new wikis. */ public const SharedTables = [ 'default' => [ 'user', 'user_properties', 'user_autocreate_serial', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * @see self::SharedDB * @since 1.23 */ public const SharedSchema = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'DBmwschema' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $dbMwschema Value of DBmwschema * @return mixed */ public static function getDefaultSharedSchema( $dbMwschema ) { return $dbMwschema; } /** * Database load balancer * This is a two-dimensional array, a list of server info structures * Fields are: * - host: Host name * - dbname: Default database name * - user: DB user * - password: DB password * - type: DB type * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers) * * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0. * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts. * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used. * * - groupLoads: (optional) Array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query * may belong to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used. * * - flags: (optional) Bit field of properties: * - DBO_DEFAULT: Transactional-ize web requests and use autocommit otherwise * - DBO_DEBUG: Equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql * - DBO_SSL: Use TLS connection encryption if available (deprecated) * - DBO_COMPRESS: Use protocol compression with database connections * - DBO_PERSISTENT: Enables persistent database connections * * - ssl: (optional) Boolean, whether to use TLS encryption. Overrides DBO_SSL. * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used. * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT. * This is what DBO_DEFAULT uses to determine when a web request is present. * [Default: true if MW_ENTRY_POINT is 'cli', otherwise false] * * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member * variable of the Database object. * * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except * perhaps in some command-line scripts). * * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the primary. The * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using: * * ``` * SET @@read_only=1; * ``` * * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even * our primaries, and then set read_only=0 on primaries at runtime. */ public const DBservers = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'false|list', ]; /** * Configuration for the ILBFactory service * * The "class" setting must point to a LBFactory subclass, which is also responsible * for reading $wgDBservers, $wgDBserver, etc. * * To set up a wiki farm with multiple database clusters, set the "class" to * LBFactoryMulti. See {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::LBFactoryMulti LBFactoryMulti} docs for * information on how to configure the rest of the $wgLBFactoryConf array. */ public const LBFactoryConf = [ 'default' => [ 'class' => 'Wikimedia\\Rdbms\\LBFactorySimple', ], 'type' => 'map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'replace', ]; /** * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines * how many seconds that client should keep using the primary datacenter. * * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag. * * This must be greater than or equal to * Wikimedia\Rdbms\ChronologyProtector::POSITION_COOKIE_TTL. * * @since 1.27 */ public const DataCenterUpdateStickTTL = [ 'default' => 10, ]; /** * File to log database errors to */ public const DBerrorLog = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Timezone to use in the error log. * * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone). * * A list of usable timezones can found at: * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php * * **Examples:** * * ``` * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC'; * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT'; * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT'; * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden'; * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET'; * ``` * * @since 1.20 */ public const DBerrorLogTZ = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Localtimezone' ] ] ]; public static function getDefaultDBerrorLogTZ( $localtimezone ) { // NOTE: Extra fallback, in case $localtimezone is ''. // Many extsing LocalSettings files have $wgLocaltimezone = '' // in them, erroneously generated by the installer. return $localtimezone ?: self::getDefaultLocaltimezone(); } /** * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account. * * List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms: * - "--" * - "-
" * - "" * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema) * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted * from these IDs. */ public const LocalDatabases = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], ]; /** * If lag is higher than $wgDatabaseReplicaLagWarning, show a warning in some special * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgDatabaseReplicaLagCritical, * show a more obvious warning. * * @since 1.36 */ public const DatabaseReplicaLagWarning = [ 'default' => 10, ]; /** * @see self::DatabaseReplicaLagWarning * @since 1.36 */ public const DatabaseReplicaLagCritical = [ 'default' => 30, ]; /** * Max execution time for queries of several expensive special pages such as RecentChanges * in milliseconds. * * @since 1.38 */ public const MaxExecutionTimeForExpensiveQueries = [ 'default' => 0, ]; /** * Mapping of virtual domain to external cluster db. * * If no entry is set, the code assumes local database. * For example, for routing queries of virtual domain 'vdomain' * to 'wikishared' database in 'extension1' cluster. The config should be like this: * [ 'vdomain' => [ 'cluster' => 'extension1', 'db' => 'wikishared' ] ] * * If the database needs to be the local domain, just set the 'db' to false. * * If you want to get another db in the main cluster, just omit 'cluster'. For example: * [ 'centralauth' => [ 'db' => 'centralauth' ] ] * * @since 1.41 */ public const VirtualDomainsMapping = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Pagelinks table schema migration stage, for normalizing pl_namespace and pl_title fields. * * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values: * * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_NEW | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW (SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW) * * History: * - 1.41: Added * - 1.43: Default has changed to SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW. */ public const PageLinksSchemaMigrationStage = [ 'default' => SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW, 'type' => 'integer', ]; /** * Migration stage for file tables * * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values: * * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_OLD | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD (SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD) * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD * * History: * - 1.44: Added */ public const FileSchemaMigrationStage = [ 'default' => SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD, 'type' => 'integer', ]; /** * Migration stage for categorylinks tables * * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values: * * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_OLD | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD (SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD) * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD * * History: * - 1.44: Added */ public const CategoryLinksSchemaMigrationStage = [ 'default' => SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD, 'type' => 'integer', ]; /** * Gaps in the externallinks table for certain domains. * * If you have identified certain domains for which externallinks searches are slow, * you can use this setting to make MediaWiki skip large el_id ranges, * rather than having the database scan through them fruitlessly. * * Each key in the array is a domain name in el_to_domain_index form, * e.g. 'https://com.example.'. * The value is an array with integer keys and values, * where each entry is a range (from => to, both inclusive) * of el_id values where this domain is known to have no entries. * (Subdomains are included, i.e., configuring an entry here guarantees to MediaWiki * that there are no rows where the el_to_domain_index starts with this value.) * * History: * - 1.41: Added */ public const ExternalLinksDomainGaps = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; // endregion -- End of DB settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Content handlers and storage /** @name Content handlers and storage */ /** * Plugins for page content model handling. * * Each entry in the array maps a model id to an ObjectFactory specification * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass. * * @since 1.21 */ public const ContentHandlers = [ 'default' => [ // the usual case CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => [ 'class' => WikitextContentHandler::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleFactory', 'ParserFactory', 'GlobalIdGenerator', 'LanguageNameUtils', 'LinkRenderer', 'MagicWordFactory', 'ParsoidParserFactory', ], ], // dumb version, no syntax highlighting CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class, // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc. CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class, // dumb version, no syntax highlighting CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class, // plain text, for use by extensions, etc. CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class, // fallback for unknown models, from imports or extensions that were removed CONTENT_MODEL_UNKNOWN => FallbackContentHandler::class, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that * namespace should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special * content type is defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the * CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages). * * @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general, * use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler(). * @since 1.21 */ public const NamespaceContentModels = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page. * * Note that table of contents information will be *suppressed* for all * text models in this list other than wikitext. * * @todo Make the ToC suppression configurable by the content model * (T313455), not a side effect of inclusion here. * * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure, * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts. * @since 1.21 */ public const TextModelsToParse = [ 'default' => [ CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed. CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments. CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments. ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting, * but will not be readable at all if zlib support is not available. */ public const CompressRevisions = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * List of enabled ExternalStore protocols. * * @see \ExternalStoreAccess * * ``` * $wgExternalStores = [ "DB" ]; * ``` */ public const ExternalStores = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Shortcut for setting `$wgLBFactoryConf["externalClusters"]`. * * This is only applicable when using the default LBFactory * of {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::LBFactorySimple LBFactorySimple}. * It is ignored if a different LBFactory is set, or if `externalClusters` * is already set explicitly. * * @see \ExternalStoreAccess * * **Example:** * Create a cluster named 'blobs_cluster1': * * ``` * $wgExternalServers = [ * 'blobs_cluster1' => * ]; * ``` */ public const ExternalServers = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * The place to put new text blobs or false to put them in the text table * of the local wiki database. * * @see \ExternalStoreAccess * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ]; * ``` */ public const DefaultExternalStore = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'list|false', ]; /** * Revision text may be cached in the main WAN cache to reduce load on external * storage servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions. * * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry. */ public const RevisionCacheExpiry = [ 'default' => SqlBlobStore::DEFAULT_TTL, 'type' => 'integer', ]; /** * Revision slots may be cached in the main WAN cache and/or the local server cache * to reduce load on the database. * * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry. */ public const RevisionSlotsCacheExpiry = [ 'default' => [ 'local' => BagOStuff::TTL_HOUR, 'WAN' => BagOStuff::TTL_DAY, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Enable page language feature * Allows setting page language in database * * @since 1.24 */ public const PageLanguageUseDB = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Specify the difference engine to use. * * Supported values: * - 'external': Use an external diff engine, which must be specified via $wgExternalDiffEngine * - 'wikidiff2': Use the wikidiff2 PHP extension * - 'php': PHP implementations included in MediaWiki * * The default (null) is to use the first engine that's available. * * @since 1.35 */ public const DiffEngine = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Name of the external diff engine to use. */ public const ExternalDiffEngine = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'string|false', ]; /** * Options for wikidiff2: * - useMultiFormat: (bool) Whether to use wikidiff2_multi_format_diff() * if it is available. This temporarily defaults to false, during * migration to the new code. It is available in wikidiff2 1.14.0+. * * The following options are only effective if wikidiff2_multi_format_diff() * is enabled. See README.md in wikidiff2 for details: * * - numContextLines * - changeThreshold * - movedLineThreshold * - maxMovedLines * - maxWordLevelDiffComplexity * - maxSplitSize * - initialSplitThreshold * - finalSplitThreshold * * Also: * - formatOptions: An array of format-specific overrides. The key may * be "inline" or "table" and the value is an array with keys * numContextLines, changeThreshold, etc. * @since 1.41 */ public const Wikidiff2Options = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map' ]; // endregion -- end of Content handlers and storage /***************************************************************************/ // region Performance hacks and limits /** @name Performance hacks and limits */ /** * Set a limit on server request wall clock time. * * If the Excimer extension is enabled, setting this will cause an exception * to be thrown after the specified number of seconds. If the extension is * not available, set_time_limit() will be called instead. * * @since 1.36 */ public const RequestTimeLimit = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?integer', ]; /** * The request time limit for "slow" write requests that should not be * interrupted due to the risk of data corruption. * * The limit will only be raised. If the pre-existing time limit is larger, * then this will have no effect. * * @since 1.26 */ public const TransactionalTimeLimit = [ 'default' => 120, ]; /** * The maximum time critical sections are allowed to stay open. Critical * sections are used to defer Excimer request timeouts. If Excimer is available * and this time limit is exceeded, an exception will be thrown at the next * opportunity, typically after a long-running function like a DB query returns. * * Critical sections may wrap long-running queries, and it's generally better * for the timeout to be handled a few milliseconds later when the critical * section exits, so this should be a large number. * * This limit is ignored in command-line mode. * * @since 1.36 */ public const CriticalSectionTimeLimit = [ 'default' => 180.0, 'type' => 'float', ]; /** * Disable database-intensive features */ public const MiserMode = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some */ public const DisableQueryPages = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on */ public const QueryCacheLimit = [ 'default' => 1000, ]; /** * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted" */ public const WantedPagesThreshold = [ 'default' => 1, ]; /** * Enable slow parser functions */ public const AllowSlowParserFunctions = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow schema updates */ public const AllowSchemaUpdates = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Maximum article size in kibibytes */ public const MaxArticleSize = [ 'default' => 2048, ]; /** * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount. */ public const MemoryLimit = [ 'default' => '50M', ]; /** * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis. * * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension. * * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name. * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor * parameters. * * **Example using local redis instance:** * * ``` * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [ * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class, * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ], * 'redisConfig' => [] * ] ]; * ``` * * **Example using C daemon from ** * * ``` * $wgPoolCountClientConf = [ * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ], * 'timeout' => 0.5, * 'connect_timeout' => 0.01, * ]; * * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [ * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client', * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool * ... any extension-specific options... * ] ]; * ``` * * @since 1.16 */ public const PoolCounterConf = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?map', ]; /** * Configuration array for the PoolCounter client. * * - servers: Array of hostnames, or hostname:port. The default port is 7531. * - timeout: Connection timeout. * - connect_timeout: [Since 1.28] Alternative connection timeout. If set, it is used * instead of `timeout` and will be retried once if a connection fails * to be established. Background: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T105378. * * @see \MediaWiki\PoolCounter\PoolCounterClient * @since 1.16 */ public const PoolCountClientConf = [ 'default' => [ 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ], 'timeout' => 0.1, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes. * * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed. * * @since 1.27 */ public const MaxUserDBWriteDuration = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'integer|false', ]; /** * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes. * * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed. * * @since 1.30 */ public const MaxJobDBWriteDuration = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'integer|false', ]; /** * LinkHolderArray batch size * For debugging */ public const LinkHolderBatchSize = [ 'default' => 1000, ]; /** * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page. */ public const MaximumMovedPages = [ 'default' => 100, ]; /** * Force deferred updates to be run before sending a response to the client, * instead of attempting to run them after sending the response. Setting this * to true is useful for end-to-end testing, to ensure that the effects of a * request are visible to any subsequent requests, even if they are made * immediately after the first one. Note however that this does not ensure * that database replication is complete, nor does it execute any jobs * enqueued for later. * There should be no reason to set this in a normal production environment. * * @since 1.38 */ public const ForceDeferredUpdatesPreSend = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Whether site_stats table should have multiple rows. If set to true, in each update, * one of ten rows gets updated at random to reduce lock wait time in wikis * that have lots of concurrent edits. * It should be set to true in really large wikis with big flow of edits, * Otherwise it can cause inaccuracy in data. * * @since 1.39 */ public const MultiShardSiteStats = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; // endregion -- end performance hacks /***************************************************************************/ // region Cache settings /** @name Cache settings */ /** * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible * from the web. * * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory']. */ public const CacheDirectory = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. * * The options are: * * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC or APCu * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache * configuration in $wgObjectCaches. * * For a multi-datacenter setup, the underlying service should be configured * to broadcast operations by WANObjectCache using Mcrouter or Dynomite. * See @ref wanobjectcache-deployment "Deploying WANObjectCache". * To configure the `broadcastRoutingPrefix` WANObjectCache parameter, * use $wgWANObjectCache. * * @see self::MessageCacheType * @see self::ParserCacheType */ public const MainCacheType = [ 'default' => CACHE_NONE, ]; /** * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate. * * For available types see $wgMainCacheType. */ public const MessageCacheType = [ 'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING, ]; /** * The cache type for storing page content HTML (e.g. parsed from wikitext). * * Parsing wikitext is considered an expensive operation. It is recommended * to give your parser cache plenty of storage space, such that long tail cache * hits are possible. * * The default parser cache backend (when MainCacheType is left to CACHE_NONE) * is effectively CACHE_DB (SqlBagOStuff). If you set up a main cache type * such as memcached, it is recommended to set this explicitly to CACHE_DB. * * Advice for large wiki farms: * - Consider allocating a dedicated database to ParserCache. * Register it in $wgObjectCaches and point $wgParserCacheType to it. * - Consider using MultiWriteBagOStuff to add a higher tier with Memcached * in front of the lower database tier. * - Consider setting `'purgePeriod' => 0` in the dedicated SqlBagOStuff * entry in $wgObjectCaches. This disables the automatic purging of * expired rows (which would normally happen in the background of * write requests). You can then schedule the purgeParserCache.php script * to e.g. once a day prune expired rows from the a dedicated maintenance * server. * * For available types see $wgMainCacheType. */ public const ParserCacheType = [ 'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING, ]; /** * The cache backend for storing session data. * * Used by MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager. See $wgMainCacheType for available types. * * See [SessionManager Storage expectations](@ref SessionManager-storage-expectations). */ public const SessionCacheType = [ 'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING, ]; /** * The cache type for storing language conversion tables, * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages. * * For available types see $wgMainCacheType. * * @since 1.20 */ public const LanguageConverterCacheType = [ 'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING, ]; /** * Advanced object cache configuration. * * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType, * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType. * * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and * the value is an associative array of parameters. One of the following * parameters specifying the class must be given: * * - class: The class name which will be used. * - factory: A callable function which will generate a suitable cache object. * * The following parameters are shared and understood by most classes: * * - loggroup: The log channel to use. * * For SqlBagOStuff, the main configured database will be used, unless one of the following * three parameters is given: * * - server: Server config map for Database::factory() that describes the database to * use for all key operations in the current region. This is overridden by "servers". * - servers: Map of tag strings to server config maps, each for Database::factory(), * describing the set of database servers on which to distribute key operations in the * current region. Data is distributed among the servers via key hashing based on the * server tags. Therefore, each tag represents a shard of the dataset. Tags are useful * for failover using cold-standby servers and for managing shards with replica servers * in multiple regions (each having different hostnames). * - cluster: The ExternalStore cluster name to use. * * SqlBagOStuff also accepts the following optional parameters: * * - dbDomain: The database name to pass to the LoadBalancer. * - multiPrimaryMode: Whether the portion of the dataset belonging to each tag/shard is * replicated among one or more regions, with one "co-primary" server in each region. * Queries are issued in a manner that provides Last-Write-Wins eventual consistency. * This option requires the "server" or "servers" options. Only MySQL, with statement * based replication (log_bin='ON' and binlog_format='STATEMENT') is supported. Also, * the `modtoken` column must exist on the `objectcache` table(s). * - purgePeriod: The average number of object cache writes in between garbage collection * operations, where expired entries are removed from the database. Or in other words, * the probability of performing a purge is one in every this number. If set to zero, * purging will never be done at runtime (for use with PurgeParserCache). * - purgeLimit: Maximum number of rows to purge at once. * - tableName: The table name to use, default is "objectcache". * - shards: The number of tables to use for data storage on each server. If greater than * 1, table names are formed in the style objectcacheNNN where NNN is the shard index, * between 0 and shards-1. The number of digits used in the suffix is the minimum number * required to hold the largest shard index. Data is distributed among the tables via * key hashing. This helps mitigate MySQL bugs 61735 and 61736. * - writeBatchSize: Default maximum number of rows to change in each query for write * operations that can be chunked into a set of smaller writes. * - dataRedundancy: When set to a number higher than one, instead of sharding values, * it writes to that many servers (out of all servers) and reads from all of them too. * In case of inconsistency between servers, it picks the value with the highest exptime. * Mostly useful for stronger consistency such as mainstash. * This option has many limitations (for example when TTL is set to indef or changes) * and it shouldn't be used to handle race conditions nor canonical data. * The main point of data redundancy is to allow depool of a cluster for maintenance * without displacing too many keys. * * For MemcachedPhpBagOStuff parameters see {@link MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::__construct} * * For MemcachedPeclBagOStuff parameters see {@link MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::__construct} * * For RedisBagOStuff parameters see {@link Wikimedia\ObjectCache\RedisBagOStuff::__construct} */ public const ObjectCaches = [ 'default' => [ CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ], CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ], 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ], 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ], 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ], // Deprecated since 1.35. // - To configure a wg*CacheType variable to use the local server cache, // use CACHE_ACCEL instead, which will select these automatically. // - To access the object for the local server cache at run-time, // use MediaWikiServices::getLocalServerObjectCache() // instead of e.g. ObjectCache::getInstance( 'apcu' ). // - To instantiate a new one of these explicitly, do so directly // by using `new APCUBagOStuff( [ … ] )` // - To instantiate a new one of these including auto-detection and fallback, // use ObjectCache::makeLocalServerCache(). 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ], 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Extra parameters to the WANObjectCache constructor. * * See @ref wanobjectcache-deployment "Deploying WANObjectCache". * * @since 1.40 */ public const WANObjectCache = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * The stash store backend for MicroStash. * * This store should be optimized for ephemeral data, and should be able to handle * a high volume of writes and reads. The dataset access scope should be across * all servers that serve the application. * * Note that the TTL of the data written to this store must be respected completely * before the data gets evicted from the store (whether the data is used or not). * The store must not evict data based on LRU or popularity before the TTL expires. * * Expectations for sysadmins: * * 1. The data written to this store is generally short-lived (seconds/minutes), * 2. This store must reliably persist and should not evict data until the TTL expires, * 3. The same store must be accessed by all application servers (i.e. no visible lag or * split reality), * 4. This store should handle a high volume of both writes and reads, * with reads completing with consistently low latencies. * * Examples users: * * - {@link MediaWiki::Permissions::RateLimiter RateLimiter} (via RStatsFactory) * - {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::ChronologyProtector ChronologyProtector} * See also [ChronologyProtector requirements](@ref ChronologyProtector-storage-requirements), * for more detailed system administrator requirements for multi-DC operations. * * Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants. * * @see \Wikimedia\ObjectCache\BagOStuff * @since 1.42 */ public const MicroStashType = [ 'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING, 'type' => 'string|int', ]; /** * The object store type of the main stash. * * This should be a fast storage system optimized for lightweight data, both ephemeral and * permanent, for things like counters, tokens, and blobs. The dataset access scope should * include all the application servers in all datacenters. Thus, the data must be replicated * among all datacenters. The store should have "Last Write Wins" eventual consistency. Per * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PACELC_theorem, the store should act as a PA/EL distributed * system for these operations. * * The multi-datacenter strategy for MediaWiki is to have CDN route HTTP POST requests to the * primary datacenter and HTTP GET/HEAD/OPTIONS requests to the closest datacenter to the * client. The stash accepts write operations from any datacenter, but cross-datacenter * replication is asynchronous. * * Modules that use the main stash can expect race conditions to occur if a key can receive * write operations originating from multiple datacenters. To improve consistency, callers * should avoid main stash updates during non-POST requests. In any case, callers should * gracefully tolerate occasional key evictions, temporary inconsistencies among datacenters, * and violations of linearizability (e.g. during timeouts). Modules that can never handle * these kinds of anomalies should use other storage mediums. * * Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants. * * @see \Wikimedia\ObjectCache\BagOStuff * @since 1.26 */ public const MainStash = [ 'default' => CACHE_DB, ]; /** * Configuration for the caching related to parsoid output. The configuration contains the * following keys: * * - StashType: The type of object store to be used by the ParsoidOutputStash service, * which stores the base state of HTML based edits. * Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants. * By default, the value of the MainStash setting will be used. * This should be an object store that provides fairly solid persistence guarantees, * since losing an entry from the stash may mean that the user can't save their edit. * If null, the value of the MainStash configuration setting will be used. * * - StashDuration: The number of seconds for which an entry in the stash should be kept. * Should be long enough for users to finish editing, * since losing an entry from the stash may mean that the user can't save their edit. * This is set to one day by default. * * - WarmParsoidParserCache: Setting this to true will pre-populate the parsoid parser cache * with parsoid outputs on page edits. This speeds up loading HTML into Visual Editor. * * @since 1.39 * @unstable Per MediaWiki 1.39, the structure of this configuration is still subject to * change. */ public const ParsoidCacheConfig = [ 'type' => 'object', 'properties' => [ 'StashType' => [ 'type' => 'int|string|null', 'default' => null ], 'StashDuration' => [ 'type' => 'int', 'default' => 24 * 60 * 60 ], 'WarmParsoidParserCache' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ], ] ]; /** * Sample rate for collecting statistics on Parsoid selective update. * * Zero disables collection; 1000 means "1 in every 1000 parses will * be sampled". * * @warning This is EXPERIMENTAL and will disappear once analysis is * complete. */ public const ParsoidSelectiveUpdateSampleRate = [ 'type' => 'integer', 'default' => 0, ]; /** * Per-namespace configuration for the ParserCache filter. * * There is one top level key for each cache name supported in ParserCacheFactory. * The per-namespace configuration is given separately for each cache. * * For each namespace, this defines a set of filter options, which are represented * as an associative array. The following keys are supported in this array: * * - minCpuTime: causes the parser cache to not save any output that took fewer * than the given number of seconds of CPU time to generate, according to * ParserOutput::getTimeProfile(). Set to 0 to always cache, or to * PHP_INT_MAX to disable caching for this namespace. * * If no filter options are defined for a given namespace, the filter options * under the "default" key will be used for pages in that namespace. * * @since 1.42 */ public const ParserCacheFilterConfig = [ 'type' => 'map', 'default' => [ // default value 'pcache' => [ // old parser cache 'default' => [ // all namespaces // 0 means no threshold. // Use PHP_INT_MAX to disable cache. 'minCpuTime' => 0 ], ], 'parsoid-pcache' => [ // parsoid output cache 'default' => [ // all namespaces // 0 means no threshold. // Use PHP_INT_MAX to disable cache. 'minCpuTime' => 0 ], ], ], 'additionalProperties' => [ // caches 'type' => 'map', 'description' => 'A map of namespace IDs to filter definitions.', 'additionalProperties' => [ // namespaces 'type' => 'map', 'description' => 'A map of filter names to values.', 'properties' => [ // filters 'minCpuTime' => [ 'type' => 'float' ] ] ], ], ]; /** * Secret string for HMAC hashing in ChronologyProtector [optional] * * @since 1.41 */ public const ChronologyProtectorSecret = [ 'default' => '', 'type' => 'string', ]; /** * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds. * * The default is 86400 (one day). */ public const ParserCacheExpireTime = [ 'default' => 60 * 60 * 24, ]; /** * The expiry time for "not ready" asynchronous content in the parser * cache, in seconds. This should be rather short, to allow the * "not ready" content to be replaced by "ready" content. * * The default is 60 (one minute). * * @since 1.44 */ public const ParserCacheAsyncExpireTime = [ 'default' => 60, ]; /** * The expiry time for the parser cache for old revisions, in seconds. * * The default is 3600 (cache disabled). */ public const OldRevisionParserCacheExpireTime = [ 'default' => 60 * 60, ]; /** * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds. */ public const ObjectCacheSessionExpiry = [ 'default' => 60 * 60, ]; /** * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions) * * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'. * * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler. * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each * others' cookies. * * @since 1.27 */ public const PHPSessionHandling = [ 'default' => 'enable', 'type' => 'string', ]; /** * Time in seconds to remember IPs for, for the purposes of logging IP changes within the * same session. This is meant more for debugging errors in the authentication system than * for detecting abuse. * * @since 1.36 */ public const SuspiciousIpExpiry = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'integer|false', ]; /** * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets. * * @since 1.28 */ public const SessionPbkdf2Iterations = [ 'default' => 10001, ]; /** * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers */ public const MemCachedServers = [ 'default' => [ '127.0.0.1:11211', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple * requests. */ public const MemCachedPersistent = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds. */ public const MemCachedTimeout = [ 'default' => 500_000, ]; /** * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server. * * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType. * * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing. * * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf. */ public const UseLocalMessageCache = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have * been customised in the site content language. This means that * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist. * * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net. */ public const AdaptiveMessageCache = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Localisation cache configuration. * * Used by service wiring to decide how to construct the * LocalisationCache instance. Associative array with keys: * * class: The class to use for constructing the LocalisationCache object. * This may be overridden by extensions to a subclass of LocalisationCache. * Sub classes are expected to still honor the 'storeClass', 'storeDirectory' * and 'manualRecache' options where applicable. * * storeClass: Which LCStore class implementation to use. This is optional. * The default LocalisationCache class offers the 'store' option * as abstraction for this. * * store: How and where to store localisation cache data. * This option is ignored if 'storeClass' is explicitly set to a class name. * Must be one of: * - 'detect' (default): Automatically select 'files' if 'storeDirectory' * or $wgCacheDirectory is set, and fall back to 'db' otherwise. * - 'files': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as CDB files. * - 'array': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as PHP static array files. * - 'db': Store in the l10n_cache database table. * * storeDirectory: If the selected LCStore class puts its data in files, then it * will use this directory. If set to false (default), then * $wgCacheDirectory is used instead. * * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests. * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead. */ public const LocalisationCacheConf = [ 'properties' => [ 'class' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'default' => LocalisationCache::class ], 'store' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'default' => 'detect' ], 'storeClass' => [ 'type' => 'false|string', 'default' => false ], 'storeDirectory' => [ 'type' => 'false|string', 'default' => false ], 'storeServer' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'default' => [] ], 'forceRecache' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ], 'manualRecache' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ], ], 'type' => 'object', ]; /** * Allow client-side caching of pages */ public const CachePages = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both * client-side and server-side caching. * * You can get the current date on your server by using the command: * * @verbatim date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S * @endverbatim */ public const CacheEpoch = [ 'default' => '20030516000000', ]; /** * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false, * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used. */ public const GitInfoCacheDirectory = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests. */ public const UseFileCache = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will * be put directly into the main file cache directory. */ public const FileCacheDepth = [ 'default' => 2, ]; /** * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity. */ public const RenderHashAppend = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site * by shaving off extra message lookups. * * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that * don't update as expected. */ public const EnableSidebarCache = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds */ public const SidebarCacheExpiry = [ 'default' => 86400, ]; /** * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it. * * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP. */ public const UseGzip = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file. * * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of * unnecessary cache invalidations. */ public const InvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgExtensionInfoMTime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" ); * ``` * * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked, * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded. */ public const ExtensionInfoMTime = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'integer|false', ]; /** * If this is set to true, phpunit will run integration tests against remote * caches defined in $wgObjectCaches. * * @since 1.38 */ public const EnableRemoteBagOStuffTests = [ 'default' => false, ]; // endregion -- end of cache settings /***************************************************************************/ // region HTTP proxy (CDN) settings /** @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings * * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki, * although they are sometimes still referred to as Squid settings for * historical reasons. * * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special configuration. * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Performance_tuning#Page_view_caching * for more details. */ /** * Enable/disable CDN. * * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Performance_tuning#Page_view_caching * * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgUseSquid. */ public const UseCdn = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests, * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than * HTTP redirects. */ public const VaryOnXFP = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000'; * ``` */ public const InternalServer = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip * out s-maxage in the CDN config. * * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days. * * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidMaxage */ public const CdnMaxAge = [ 'default' => 18000, ]; /** * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high * * @see self::CdnMaxAge * @since 1.27 */ public const CdnMaxageLagged = [ 'default' => 30, ]; /** * Cache timeout when delivering a stale ParserCache response due to PoolCounter * contention. * * @since 1.35 */ public const CdnMaxageStale = [ 'default' => 10, ]; /** * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support. * * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN. * * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki). * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL, * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound purge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared. * * @since 1.27 */ public const CdnReboundPurgeDelay = [ 'default' => 0, ]; /** * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load) * * @see self::CdnMaxAge * @since 1.27 */ public const CdnMaxageSubstitute = [ 'default' => 60, ]; /** * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses * * 300 seconds = 5 minutes. */ public const ForcedRawSMaxage = [ 'default' => 300, ]; /** * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses. * * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address * * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge. * * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServers. */ public const CdnServers = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * As with $wgCdnServers, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; * use to set a list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP * addresses and CIDR blocks. * * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServersNoPurge */ public const CdnServersNoPurge = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty * array, HTCP is disabled. * * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored. * * **Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one** * multicast group and all other purges to another: * * ``` * $wgHTCPRouting = [ * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [ * 'host' => '239.128.0.113', * 'port' => 4827, * ], * '' => [ * 'host' => '239.128.0.112', * 'port' => 4827, * ], * ]; * ``` * * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22. * * **Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:** * * ``` * $wgHTCPRouting = [ * '' => [ * // Purges to text caches using multicast * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ], * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ], * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ], * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ], * ], * ]; * ``` * * @since 1.22 * @see self::HTCPMulticastTTL */ public const HTCPRouting = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * HTCP multicast TTL. * * @see self::HTCPRouting */ public const HTCPMulticastTTL = [ 'default' => 1, ]; /** * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted? */ public const UsePrivateIPs = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Set this to false if MediaWiki is behind a CDN that re-orders query * parameters on incoming requests. * * MediaWiki sets a large 'Cache-Control: s-maxage=' directive on page * views only if the request URL matches one of the normal CDN URL forms. * When 'CdnMatchParameterOrder' is false, the matching algorithm ignores * the order of URL parameters. * * @since 1.39 */ public const CdnMatchParameterOrder = [ 'default' => true, ]; // endregion -- end of HTTP proxy settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Language, regional and character encoding settings /** @name Language, regional and character encoding settings */ /** * Site language code. See includes/languages/data/Names.php for languages * supported by MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have * translations, see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some * localisation. * * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no" * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly. * * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can * change it in their preferences. * * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage. */ public const LanguageCode = [ 'default' => 'en', ]; /** * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases. * * Used in Language::convertGrammar(). * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s'; * ``` */ public const GrammarForms = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links */ public const InterwikiMagic = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar */ public const HideInterlanguageLinks = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar). * * Notes: * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki * map. * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in * this array. * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is * the prefix in this array. * - This should be a list of "interwiki prefixes" (ie, what appears in * wikitext), and you probably want to add an entry to * InterlanguageLinkCodeMap as well to specify which mediawiki internal * (or custom) language code this prefix corresponds to, and perhaps * then map that custom language code to a language name in * ExtraLanguageNames. */ public const ExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Map of interlanguage link codes to language codes. This is useful to override * what is shown as the language name when the interwiki code does not match it * exactly * * @since 1.35 */ public const InterlanguageLinkCodeMap = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php */ public const ExtraLanguageNames = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * List of mappings from one language code to another. * * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the * installer. * * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'. * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used. * * @since 1.29 */ public const ExtraLanguageCodes = [ 'default' => [ 'bh' => 'bho', 'no' => 'nb', 'simple' => 'en', ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes. * * @note Since 1.29, this should not be set directly in LocalSettings, * ExtraLanguageCodes should be set instead. However, DummyLanguageCodes * will be initialized and can be read internally. */ public const DummyLanguageCodes = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance * impact. * * @since 1.17 */ public const AllUnicodeFixes = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the * burdensome mass conversion of old text data. * * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments, * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki. */ public const LegacyEncoding = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format * is 'dmy or mdy'. */ public const AmericanDates = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9) * numerals in interface. */ public const TranslateNumerals = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace. * * Interface messages will be loaded from the database. */ public const UseDatabaseMessages = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes */ public const MaxMsgCacheEntrySize = [ 'default' => 10000, ]; /** * Whether to enable language variant conversion. */ public const DisableLangConversion = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links. * Note that this option is slightly misnamed. */ public const DisableTitleConversion = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Default variant code. If false, the default will be the static default * variant of the language. */ public const DefaultLanguageVariant = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin), * used to ease variant development work. */ public const UsePigLatinVariant = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo'; * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my'; * ``` */ public const DisabledVariants = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the * language variant. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr'; * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1'; * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1'; * ``` * * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна * * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values * of $wgVariantArticlePath. */ public const VariantArticlePath = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Whether to enable the 'x-xss' language code, used for development. * * When enabled, the language code 'x-xss' (e.g. via ?uselang=x-xss) can * be used to test correct message escaping at scale, to prevent * cross-site scripting. In this "language", every message becomes an HTML * snippet which attempts to alert the message key. Well-written code will * correctly escape all of these messages. If any alerts are actually * fired in the browser, the message is not being escaped correctly; * either the offending code should be fixed, or the message should be * added to {@link self::RawHtmlMessages}. * * @see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Cross-site_scripting * @since 1.41 */ public const UseXssLanguage = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to * customise these. */ public const LoginLanguageSelector = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages. * * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage', * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However, * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage' * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override * the default behavior. * * **Example:** * To allow language-specific main page and community * portal: * * ``` * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ]; * ``` */ public const ForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * List of messages which might contain raw HTML. * * Extensions should add their insecure raw HTML messages to extension.json. * The list is used for access control: * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights. * * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first * letter. * * @since 1.32 */ public const RawHtmlMessages = [ 'default' => [ 'copyright', 'history_copyright', ], 'type' => 'list', 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], ]; /** * Whether on-wiki overrides for the 'copyright' and 'history_copyright' messages, which allow raw * HTML, will be used. * * @since 1.43 */ public const AllowRawHtmlCopyrightMessages = [ 'default' => true, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain * your server's OS-based timezone value. * * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.) * * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc. * * A list of usable timezones can found at: * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php * * **Examples:** * * ``` * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC'; * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT'; * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT'; * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden'; * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET'; * ``` */ public const Localtimezone = [ 'dynamicDefault' => true, ]; public static function getDefaultLocaltimezone(): string { // This defaults to the `date.timezone` value of the PHP INI option. If this option is not set, // it falls back to UTC. $localtimezone = date_default_timezone_get(); if ( !$localtimezone ) { // Make doubly sure we have a valid time zone, even if date_default_timezone_get() // returned garbage. $localtimezone = 'UTC'; } return $localtimezone; } /** * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting * for anonymous users and new user accounts. * * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps. * * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone. */ public const LocalTZoffset = [ 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Localtimezone' ] ] ]; public static function getDefaultLocalTZoffset( $localtimezone ): int { // NOTE: Extra fallback, in case $localtimezone is ''. // Many extsing LocalSettings files have $wgLocaltimezone = '' // in them, erroneously generated by the installer. $localtimezone = $localtimezone ?: self::getDefaultLocaltimezone(); try { $timezone = new DateTimeZone( $localtimezone ); } catch ( \Exception $e ) { throw new ConfigException( sprintf( "Invalid timezone '%s'. Please set a valid timezone in '$%s' in LocalSettings.php. Refer to the list of valid timezones at https://www.php.net/timezones. Error: %s", $localtimezone, "wgLocaltimezone", $e->getMessage() ), ); } $offset = $timezone->getOffset( new DateTime() ); return (int)( $offset / 60 ); } /** * Map of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in * Language::ucfirst. The characters should be * represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details * on why this is useful during php version transitions. * * @since 1.34 */ public const OverrideUcfirstCharacters = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; // endregion -- End of language/charset settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Output format and skin settings /** @name Output format and skin settings */ /** * The default Content-Type header. */ public const MimeType = [ 'default' => 'text/html', ]; /** * Defines the value of the version attribute in the <html> tag, if any. * * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5. * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'. * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance * * @since 1.16 */ public const Html5Version = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as * "Publish page"/"Publish changes". * * @since 1.28 */ public const EditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default. * * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'; * ``` * * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "" * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances. * * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type. */ public const XhtmlNamespaces = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Site notice shown at the top of each page * * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page. */ public const SiteNotice = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * Override the ability of certain browsers to attempt to autodetect dataformats in pages. * * This is a default feature of many mobile browsers, but can have a lot of false positives, * where for instance, year ranges are confused with phone numbers. * The default of this setting is to disable telephone number data detection. * Set BrowserFormatDetection to false to fallback to the browser defaults. * * @since 1.37 * @see https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/documentation/AppleApplications/Reference/SafariHTMLRef/Articles/MetaTags.html */ public const BrowserFormatDetection = [ 'default' => 'telephone=no', 'type' => 'string', ]; /** * An array of open graph tags which should be added by all skins. * * Accepted values are "og:site_name", "og:title", "og:type" and "twitter:card". * Since some of these fields can be provided by extensions it defaults to an empty array. * * @since 1.36 */ public const SkinMetaTags = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences. */ public const DefaultSkin = [ 'default' => 'vector-2022', ]; /** * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found. * * @since 1.24 */ public const FallbackSkin = [ 'default' => 'fallback', ]; /** * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of * available skins in user preferences. * * NOTE: This does not uninstall the skin, and it will still be accessible * via the `useskin` query parameter. To uninstall a skin, remove its inclusion * from LocalSettings.php. * * @see \SkinFactory::getAllowedSkins */ public const SkipSkins = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available) */ public const DisableOutputCompression = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * How should section IDs be encoded? * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of: * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode * characters in most browsers' address bars. * * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92 * * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of * a page. * * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations. * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty s to every section with its * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding * would still work. * * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5' * * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting, * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which * fragment mode is used. * * @since 1.30 */ public const FragmentMode = [ 'default' => [ 'html5', 'legacy', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites, * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted * to 'html5'. * * @since 1.30 */ public const ExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = [ 'default' => 'legacy', ]; /** * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css. * * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array. * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern * turns it into mw_poweredby. * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string. * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed. * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions. * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred * format for the icon, the following keys are used: * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will * not be outputted * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as * the alt="" for the image. This key is required. * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys. * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31. * * @todo Reformat documentation. */ public const FooterIcons = [ 'default' => [ "copyright" => [ "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon ], "poweredby" => [ "mediawiki" => [ // Defaults to point at // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png" // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants. "src" => null, "url" => "https://www.mediawiki.org/", "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki", "lang" => "en", ] ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users * to create an account. * * - true = use a combined login / create account link * - false = split login and create account into two separate links */ public const UseCombinedLoginLink = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Display user edit counts in various prominent places. */ public const Edititis = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found) * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that, * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so * that the generated error pages can be seen. * * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact, * this configuration variable is ignored. */ public const Send404Code = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back. * * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author). * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki * from hiding some useless rollback links. * * @since 1.20 */ public const ShowRollbackEditCount = [ 'default' => 10, ]; /** * Output a tag on every page indicating the canonical * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent * unconditionally. */ public const EnableCanonicalServerLink = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * List of interwiki logos overrides. * This is used by the sister project sidebar. This list accept a key equal to the * interwiki ID (as defined in the interwiki links), and accept a Codex icon name * (https://doc.wikimedia.org/codex/latest/icons/all-icons.html) or a base URL for * the given interwiki. * * Example : * $wgInterwikiLogoOverride = [ * 'c' => 'logoWikimediaCommons', * 'wikit' => 'https://mySpecialWiki.com' * ]; */ public const InterwikiLogoOverride = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], ]; // endregion -- End of output format settings /***************************************************************************/ // region ResourceLoader settings /** @name ResourceLoader settings */ /** * Formerly a workaround for a security vulnerability caused by installation * of Flash as a browser extension. * * @since 1.25 * @deprecated since 1.39 */ public const MangleFlashPolicy = [ 'default' => true, 'obsolete' => 'Since 1.39; no longer has any effect.', 'description' => 'Has been emitting warnings since 1.39 (LTS). ' . 'Can be removed completely in 1.44, assuming 1.43 is an LTS release.' ]; /** * Define extra client-side modules to be registered with ResourceLoader. * * @note It is recommended to define modules using the `ResourceModule` attribute * in `extension.json` or `skin.json` when possible (instead of via PHP global variables). * * Registration is internally handled by ResourceLoader::register. * * ## Available modules * * Modules that ship with %MediaWiki core are registered via * resources/Resources.php. For a full list with documentation, see: * [ResourceLoader/Core_modules](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Core_modules). * * ## Options * * - class `{string}`: * By default a module is assumed to bundle file resources * as handled by the MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule class. Use this option * to use a different implementation of MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module instead. * * Default: `\MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule` * * - factory `{string}`: * Override the instantiation of the MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module * class using a PHP callback. This allows dependency injection to be used. * This option cannot be combined with the `class` option. * * Since: MW 1.30 * * - dependencies `{string[]|string}`: * Modules that must be executed before this module. * Module name string or list of module name strings. * * Default: `[]` * * - deprecated `{boolean|string}`: * Whether the module is deprecated and usage is discouraged. * Set to boolean true, or a string to include in the warning message. * * Default: `false` * * - group `{string}`: * Optional request group to override which modules may be downloaded * together in an HTTP batch request. By default, any two modules may be * loaded together in the same batch request. Set this option to a * descriptive string to give the module its own HTTP request. To allow * other modules to join this new request, give those the same request group. * * Use this option with caution. The default behaviour is well-tuned already, * and setting this often does more harm than good. For more about request * balancing optimisations, see * [ResourceLoader/Architecture#Balance](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Architecture#Balance). * * - skipFunction `{string}`: * Allow this module to be satisfied as dependency without actually loading * or executing scripts from the server, if the specified JavaScript function * returns true. * * Use this to provide polyfills that are natively available in newer browsers. * Specify the relative path to a JavaScript file containing a top-level return * statement. The contents of the file should not contain any wrapping function, * it will be wrapped by %ResourceLoader in an anonymous function and invoked * when the module is considered for loading. * * ## FileModule options * * - localBasePath `{string}`: * Base file path to prepend to relative file paths specified in other options. * * Default: `$IP` * * - remoteBasePath `{string}`: * Base URL path to prepend to relative file paths specified in other options. * This is used to form URLs for files, such as when referencing images in * stylesheets, or in debug mode to serve JavaScript files directly. * * Default: @ref $wgResourceBasePath (which defaults to @ref $wgScriptPath) * * - remoteExtPath `{string}`: * Shortcut for `remoteBasePath` that is relative to $wgExtensionAssetsPath. * Use this when defining modules from an extension, so as to avoid hardcoding * the script path of the %MediaWiki install or the location of the extensions * directory. * * This option is mutually exclusive with `remoteBasePath`. * * - remoteSkinPath `{string}`: Like `remoteExtPath`, but relative to $wgStylePath. * * - styles `{string[]|string|array}`: * Styles to always include in the module. * %File path or list of file paths, relative to `localBasePath`. * The stylesheet can be automatically wrapped in a `@media` query by specifying * the file path as the key in an object (instead of the value), with the value * specifying a `media` query. * * See @ref wgResourceModules-example-stylesheet "Stylesheet examples" below. * * See also @ref $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles. * * Extended options: * * - skinStyles `{string[]|string}`: Styles to include in specific skin contexts. * Array keyed is by skin name with file path or list of file paths as value, * relative to `localBasePath`. * * Default: `[]` * * - noflip `{boolean}`: * By default, CSSJanus will be used automatically to perform LTR-to-RTL flipping * when loaded in a right-to-left (RTL) interface language context. * Use this option to skip CSSJanus LTR-to-RTL flipping for this module, for example * when registering an external library that already handles RTL styles. * * Default: `false` * * - packageFiles `{string[]|array[]}` * Specify script files and (virtual) data files to include in the module. * Each internal JavaScript file retains its own local module scope and its * private exports can be accessed separately by other client-side code in the * same module, via the local `require()` function. * * Modules that use package files should export any public API methods using * `module.exports`. * * See examples at * [ResourceLoader/Package_files](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Package_files) * on mediawiki.org. * * The `packageFiles` feature cannot be combined with legacy scripts that use * the `scripts` option, including its extended variants `languageScripts`, * `skinScripts`, and `debugScripts`. * * Since: MW 1.33 * * Default: `[]` * * - scripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: * Scripts to always include in the module. * %File path or list of file paths, relative to `localBasePath`. * * These files are concatenated blindly and executed as a single client-side script. * Modules using this option are sometimes referred to as "legacy scripts" to * distinguish them from those that use the `packageFiles` option. * * Modules that use legacy scripts usually attach any public APIs they have * to the `mw` global variable. If a module contains just one file, it is also * supported to use the newer `module.exports` mechanism, though if the module * contains more than one legacy script, it is considered unsafe and unsupported * to use this mechanism (use `packageFiles` instead). See also * [Coding * conventions/JavaScript](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Coding_conventions/JavaScript#Exporting). * * Since MW 1.41, an element of `scripts` may be an array in the same format as * packageFiles, giving a callback to call for content generation. * * Default: `[]` * * Extended options, concatenated in this order: * * - languageScripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: Scripts to include in specific * language contexts. Array is keyed by language code with file path or list of * file path. * - skinScripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: Scripts to include in specific skin contexts. * Array keyed is by skin name with file path or list of file paths. * - debugScripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: Scripts to include in debug contexts. * %File path or list of file paths. * * - messages `{string[]}` * Localisation messages to bundle with this module, for client-side use * via `mw.msg()` and `mw.message()`. List of message keys. * * Default: `[]` * * - templates `{string[]}` * List of template files to be loaded for client-side usage via `mw.templates`. * * Default: `[]` * * - es6 `{boolean}`: * Since: MW 1.36; ignored since MW 1.41. * * Default: `true` * * - skipStructureTest `{boolean}`: * Whether to skip ResourcesTest::testRespond(). Since MW 1.42. * * Default: `false`. * * ## Examples * * **Example: Using an alternate subclass** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [ * 'class' => \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\WikiModule::class, * ]; * ``` * * **Example: Deprecated module** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [ * 'deprecated' => 'You should use ext.myExtension2 instead', * ]; * ``` * * **Example: Base paths in extension.json** * * ``` * "ext.myExtension": { * "localBasePath": "modules/ext.MyExtension", * "remoteExtPath": "MyExtension/modules/ext.MyExtension" * } * ``` * * **Example: Base paths in core with PHP** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['mediawiki.example'] = [ * 'localBasePath' => "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.example", * 'remoteBasePath' => "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/src/mediawiki.example", * ]; * ``` * * **Example: Define a skip function** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension.SomeWebAPI'] = [ * 'skipFunction' => 'skip-SomeWebAPI.js', * ]; * ``` * * **Example: Contents of skip function file** * * ``` * return typeof SomeWebAPI === 'function' && SomeWebAPI.prototype.duckMethod; * ``` * @anchor wgResourceModules-example-stylesheet * * **Example: Stylesheets** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['example'] = [ * 'styles' => [ * 'foo.css', * 'bar.css', * ], * ]; * $wgResourceModules['example.media'] = [ * 'styles' => [ * 'foo.css' => [ 'media' => 'print' ], * ]; * $wgResourceModules['example.mixed'] = [ * 'styles' => [ * 'foo.css', * 'bar.css' => [ 'media' => 'print' ], * ], * ]; * ``` * * **Example: Package files** * * ``` * "ext.myExtension": { * "localBasePath": "modules/ext.MyExtension", * "remoteExtPath": "MyExtension/modules/ext.MyExtension", * "packageFiles": [ * "index.js", * "utils.js", * "data.json" * ] * } * } * ``` * * **Example: Legacy scripts** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [ * 'scripts' => [ * 'modules/ext.myExtension/utils.js', * 'modules/ext.myExtension/myExtension.js', * ], * 'languageScripts' => [ * 'bs' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/languages/bs.js', * 'fi' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/languages/fi.js', * ], * 'skinScripts' => [ * 'default' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/skin-default.js', * ], * 'debugScripts' => [ * 'modules/ext.myExtension/debug.js', * ], * ]; * ``` * * **Example: Template files** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [ * 'templates' => [ * 'templates/template.html', * 'templates/template2.html', * ], * ]; * ``` * @since 1.17 */ public const ResourceModules = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Add extra skin-specific styles to a resource module. * * These are automatically added by ResourceLoader to the 'skinStyles' list of * the existing module. The 'styles' list cannot be modified or disabled. * * For example, below a module "bar" is defined and skin Foo provides additional * styles for it: * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [ * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js', * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css', * ]; * * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [ * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/styles/bar.css', * ]; * ``` * * This is effectively equivalent to: * * **Equivalent:** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [ * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js', * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css', * 'skinStyles' => [ * 'foo' => skins/Foo/styles/bar.css', * ], * ]; * ``` * * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored. * * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead * of replacing it. This can be done using the `+` prefix. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [ * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js', * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css', * 'skinStyles' => [ * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css', * ], * ]; * // Note the '+' character: * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [ * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/styles/bar.css', * ]; * ``` * * This is effectively equivalent to: * * **Equivalent:** * * ``` * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [ * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js', * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css', * 'skinStyles' => [ * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css', * 'foo' => [ * 'resources/bar/additional.css', * 'skins/Foo/styles/bar.css', * ], * ], * ]; * ``` * * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced, * use `skinStyles['default']`. * * As with $wgResourceModules, always set the localBasePath and remoteBasePath * keys (or one of remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath). * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [ * 'bar' => 'bar.css', * 'quux' => 'quux.css', * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo/styles', * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__ . '/styles', * ]; * ``` */ public const ResourceModuleSkinStyles = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php'; * ``` */ public const ResourceLoaderSources = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule. * * Defaults to $wgScriptPath. */ public const ResourceBasePath = [ 'default' => null, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath * @return string */ public static function getDefaultResourceBasePath( $scriptPath ): string { return $scriptPath; } /** * Override how long a CDN or browser may cache a ResourceLoader HTTP response. * * Maximum time in seconds. Used for the `max-age` and `s-maxage` Cache-Control headers. * * Valid keys: * - versioned * - unversioned * * @see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\ResourceLoader::__construct * @since 1.35 */ public const ResourceLoaderMaxage = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests. * * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used. */ public const ResourceLoaderDebug = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose query string is more than * this many characters long, and will instead use multiple requests with * shorter query strings. Using multiple requests may degrade performance, * but may be needed based on the query string limit supported by your web * server and/or your user's web browsers. * * Default: `2000`. * * @see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\StartUpModule::getMaxQueryLength * @since 1.17 */ public const ResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'integer|false', ]; /** * Validate JavaScript code loaded from wiki pages. * * If a syntax error is found, the script is replaced with a warning * logged to the browser console. This ensures errors are found early and * consistently (independent of the editor's own browser), and prevents * breaking other modules loaded in the same batch from load.php. * * @see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module::validateScriptFile */ public const ResourceLoaderValidateJS = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side. * * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler. * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data. * * @since 1.32 */ public const ResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on * browsers that support the Web Storage API. */ public const ResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value. * * @since 1.23 */ public const ResourceLoaderStorageVersion = [ 'default' => 1, ]; /** * Whether to include a SourceMap header in ResourceLoader responses * for JavaScript modules. * * @since 1.41 */ public const ResourceLoaderEnableSourceMapLinks = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different * from the rest of the site. * * @since 1.25 */ public const AllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Whether to use the development version of Vue.js. This should be disabled * for production installations. For development installations, enabling this * provides useful additional warnings and checks. * * Even when this is disabled, using ResourceLoader's debug mode (?debug=true) * will cause the development version to be loaded. * * @since 1.35 */ public const VueDevelopmentMode = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * If this is set, MediaWiki will look for Codex files in this directory * instead of in resources/lib/codex/ and friends. * * To use a local development version of Codex, set this to the full file * path of the root directory of a local clone of the Codex repository, and * run `npm run build-all` in the Codex root directory. Rerun this command * after making any changes. * * This should be disabled for production installations. * * @since 1.43 */ public const CodexDevelopmentDir = [ 'default' => null, ]; // endregion -- End of ResourceLoader settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Page titles and redirects /** @name Page titles and redirects */ /** * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be * used instead. */ public const MetaNamespace = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Sitename' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $sitename Value of Sitename * @return string */ public static function getDefaultMetaNamespace( $sitename ): string { return str_replace( ' ', '_', $sitename ); } /** * Name of the project talk namespace. * * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this * manually for grammatical reasons. */ public const MetaNamespaceTalk = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Canonical namespace names. * * Must not be changed directly in configuration or by extensions, use $wgExtraNamespaces * instead. */ public const CanonicalNamespaceNames = [ 'default' => NamespaceInfo::CANONICAL_NAMES, 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example, * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces * hook or extension.json. * * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through * the new namespace name. * * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgExtraNamespaces = [ * 100 => "Hilfe", * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion", * 102 => "Aide", * 103 => "Discussion_Aide" * ]; * ``` * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php */ public const ExtraNamespaces = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction. * * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index. * * @since 1.18 */ public const ExtraGenderNamespaces = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Define extra namespace aliases. * * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary * name. * * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgNamespaceAliases = [ * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER, * 'Help' => 100, * ]; * ``` * * @see \MediaWiki\Language\Language::getNamespaceAliases for accessing the full list of aliases, * including those defined by other means. */ public const NamespaceAliases = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Allowed title characters -- regex character class * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing * * Problematic punctuation: * - []}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules, * corrupted by apache * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites * * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias, * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety. * * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit. * * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links. * @deprecated since 1.41; use Extension:TitleBlacklist or (soon) * Extension:AbuseFilter to customize this set. */ public const LegalTitleChars = [ 'default' => ' %!"$&\'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+', 'deprecated' => 'since 1.41; use Extension:TitleBlacklist to customize', ]; /** * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals. * * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial. */ public const CapitalLinks = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special, * see NamespaceInfo::ALWAYS_CAPITALIZED_NAMESPACES for the full list) must be true by * default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be * so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content * namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the subject namespace's * setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from NS_FILE. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false; * ``` */ public const CapitalLinkOverrides = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Which namespaces should support subpages? * See Language.php for a list of namespaces. */ public const NamespacesWithSubpages = [ 'default' => [ NS_TALK => true, NS_USER => true, NS_USER_TALK => true, NS_PROJECT => true, NS_PROJECT_TALK => true, NS_FILE_TALK => true, NS_MEDIAWIKI => true, NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true, NS_TEMPLATE => true, NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true, NS_HELP => true, NS_HELP_TALK => true, NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the * number of articles in the wiki. */ public const ContentNamespaces = [ 'default' => [ NS_MAIN ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Optional array of namespaces which should be excluded from Special:ShortPages. * * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceExclusions will * be shown on that page. * * @since 1.37; previously $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist */ public const ShortPagesNamespaceExclusions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions. * * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array. */ public const ExtraSignatureNamespaces = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Array of invalid page redirect targets. * * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array * will make the redirect fail. * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here. * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well. * * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable. */ public const InvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'default' => [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect', 'Mylog' ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302 * and have no "redirected from" link. * * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard * redirected regardless of this setting. */ public const DisableHardRedirects = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Fix double redirects after a page move. * * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki. */ public const FixDoubleRedirects = [ 'default' => false, ]; // endregion -- End of title and interwiki settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Interwiki links and sites /** @name Interwiki links and sites */ /** * Array for local interwiki values, for each of the interwiki prefixes that point to * the current wiki. * * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array. See $wgRCFeeds. */ public const LocalInterwikis = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table */ public const InterwikiExpiry = [ 'default' => 10800, ]; /** * Interwiki cache as an associative array. * * When set, the InterwikiLookup service will not use the built-in `interwiki` database table, * but instead use this static array as its source. * * This cache data structure can be generated by the `dumpInterwiki.php` maintenance * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key * formats such as the following: * * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta) * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta) * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta) * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki) * * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url" * data layout. * * @see \MediaWiki\Interwiki\ClassicInterwikiLookup */ public const InterwikiCache = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'false|map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'replace', ]; /** * Specify number of domains to check for messages. * * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level * - 2: wiki and global levels * - 3: site levels */ public const InterwikiScopes = [ 'default' => 3, ]; /** * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache */ public const InterwikiFallbackSite = [ 'default' => 'wiki', ]; /** * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects, * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed * as 'redirected from' links. * * **Example:** * It might look something like this: * * ``` * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!'; * ``` * * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers. * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change * the URL. */ public const RedirectSources = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Register handlers for specific types of sites. * * @since 1.21 */ public const SiteTypes = [ 'default' => [ 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; // endregion -- Interwiki links and sites /***************************************************************************/ // region Parser settings /** @name Parser settings * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML. */ /** * Maximum indent level of toc. */ public const MaxTocLevel = [ 'default' => 999, ]; /** * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited * by PPFrame::expand() */ public const MaxPPNodeCount = [ 'default' => 1_000_000, ]; /** * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates. * * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template, * and xdebug limits the call stack to 256 by default. So this should hopefully * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit. */ public const MaxTemplateDepth = [ 'default' => 100, ]; /** * @see self::MaxTemplateDepth */ public const MaxPPExpandDepth = [ 'default' => 100, ]; /** * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by UrlUtils::parse(). * * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken. * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for * more information. * * @see \MediaWiki\Utils\UrlUtils::parse() */ public const UrlProtocols = [ 'default' => [ 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://', 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'matrix:', 'mms://', 'news:', 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://', 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures. */ public const CleanSignatures = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites */ public const AllowExternalImages = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not. * * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images. * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites * * **Examples:** * * ``` * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/'; * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ]; * ``` */ public const AllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki * allow list of regular expression fragments to match the image URL * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments, * the image will be displayed. * * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki allow list (MediaWiki:External image whitelist) * Or false to disable it * * @since 1.14 */ public const EnableImageWhitelist = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml * library; historically, other postprocessors were used. * * Setting this to null will use default settings. * * Keys include: * - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing * - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing * - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing * - pwrap: whether

wrapping should be done (default true) * * See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration. * * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in * production. */ public const TidyConfig = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Default Parsoid configuration. * * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in * production. * * @since 1.39 */ public const ParsoidSettings = [ 'default' => [ 'useSelser' => true, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Enable fragment support in Parsoid (transclusions returning * html). This is a temporary configuration variable to allow * testing a new parsoid feature, which will become the default * in future releases. * * Setting to `false` disables this support. Setting to 'true' or the * string 'v1' to enable "version 1" support. Setting to the string 'v2' * enables "version 2" support, which uses strip markers for extension * tag content. Setting to the string 'v3' makes the use of strip markers * for extension tag content a property of the Parser object. * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL */ public const ParsoidFragmentSupport = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean|string', ]; /** * Enable passing fragments as input to the Parsoid * DataAccess::preprocessWikitext() endpoint. * This is a temporary configuration variable to allow * testing a new parsoid feature, which will become the default * in future releases. * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL */ public const ParsoidFragmentInput = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean|string', ]; /** * If set, Parsoid's HTML output for parser functions will be different * from Parsoid HTML spec 2.x.x and lets us experiment with a better * output that might be rolled out in a future 3.x Parsoid HTML version. * Parsoid will start generating this output for wikifunctions parser function * whenever that code is rolled out to production and will let us experiment * with this new format and tweak it now. This also lets Parsoid developers * experiment with it locally. * * This is an experimental flag and might be removed without notice. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL */ public const ParsoidExperimentalParserFunctionOutput = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Enable legacy media HTML structure in the output from the Parser. The * alternative modern HTML structure that replaces it is described at * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Parsing/Media_structure * * @deprecated since 1.41 * @since 1.36 */ public const ParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM = [ 'default' => false, 'deprecated' => 'since 1.41', ]; /** * Enable legacy HTML structure for headings in the output from the Parser. * The legacy structure includes section edit links (and other markup added * by some extensions) inside the headings rather than outside them, leading * to poor accessibility. This doesn't affect headings on special pages. * Note that each skin also has to indicate support for the new structure. * More information: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Heading_HTML_changes * * @deprecated since 1.44 * @since 1.43 */ public const ParserEnableLegacyHeadingDOM = [ 'default' => false, 'deprecated' => 'since 1.44', ]; /** * Enable shipping the styles for the media HTML structure that replaces * legacy, when $wgParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM is `false`. This is configured * separately so that it can continue to be served after the latter is disabled * but still in the cache. * * @deprecated since 1.41 * @internal Temporary flag, T51097. * @since 1.38 */ public const UseContentMediaStyles = [ 'default' => false, 'deprecated' => 'since 1.41', ]; /** * Disable shipping the styles for the legacy media HTML structure * that has been replaced when $wgParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM is `false`. This is * configured separately to give time for templates and extensions that mimic the * parser output to be migrated away. * * @internal Temporary feature flag for T318433. * @since 1.41 */ public const UseLegacyMediaStyles = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "..." sections. * * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE $wgGroupPermissions * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust */ public const RawHtml = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window. * * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ . * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk * to some of your users. */ public const ExternalLinkTarget = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming. */ public const NoFollowLinks = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply. * * See Language.php for a list of namespaces. */ public const NoFollowNsExceptions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance: * * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ]; * * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org, * etc. * * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default. */ public const NoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'default' => [ 'mediawiki.org', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in * externallinks dataset, use this value to override: */ public const RegisterInternalExternals = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display */ public const AllowDisplayTitle = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none; * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable. */ public const RestrictDisplayTitle = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as * PAGESINCATEGORY. */ public const ExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = [ 'default' => 100, ]; /** * Preprocessor caching threshold * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache. */ public const PreprocessorCacheThreshold = [ 'default' => 1000, ]; /** * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table. */ public const EnableScaryTranscluding = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache. * * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true. */ public const TranscludeCacheExpiry = [ 'default' => 3600, ]; /** * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx, * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links * * @since 1.28 */ public const EnableMagicLinks = [ 'default' => [ 'ISBN' => false, 'PMID' => false, 'RFC' => false, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Set this to true to allow the {{USERLANGUAGE}} magic word to return the * actual user language. If it is false, {{USERLANGUAGE}} will return the * page language. Setting this to true is discouraged since the page * language should typically be used in the content area. Accessing the user * language using this feature reduces the efficiency of the parser cache. * * @since 1.43 */ public const ParserEnableUserLanguage = [ 'default' => false, ]; // endregion -- end of parser settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Statistics and content analysis /** @name Statistics and content analysis */ /** * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted * as a valid article. * * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles. * * This variable can have the following values: * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid * * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count * * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count, * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php * script. */ public const ArticleCountMethod = [ 'default' => 'link', ]; /** * How many days user must be idle before they are considered inactive. Will affect * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext. * * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable * numbers between different wikis. */ public const ActiveUserDays = [ 'default' => 30, ]; /** * The following variables define 3 user experience levels: * * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level * * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level. * * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days. */ public const LearnerEdits = [ 'default' => 10, ]; /** * Number of days the user must exist before becoming a learner. * * @see self::LearnerEdits */ public const LearnerMemberSince = [ 'default' => 4, ]; /** * Number of edits the user must have before becoming "experienced". * * @see self::LearnerEdits */ public const ExperiencedUserEdits = [ 'default' => 500, ]; /** * Number of days the user must exist before becoming "experienced". * * @see self::LearnerEdits */ public const ExperiencedUserMemberSince = [ 'default' => 30, ]; /** * Maximum number of revisions of a page that will be checked against every new edit * made to determine whether the edit was a manual revert. * * Computational time required increases roughly linearly with this configuration * variable. * * Larger values will let you detect very deep reverts, but at the same time can give * unexpected results (such as marking large amounts of edits as reverts) and may slow * down the wiki slightly when saving new edits. * * Setting this to 0 will disable the manual revert detection feature entirely. * * See this document for a discussion on this topic: * https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Research:Revert * * @since 1.36 */ public const ManualRevertSearchRadius = [ 'default' => 15, 'type' => 'integer', ]; /** * Maximum depth (revision count) of reverts that will have their reverted edits marked * with the mw-reverted change tag. Reverts deeper than that will not have any edits * marked as reverted at all. * * Large values can lead to lots of revisions being marked as "reverted", which may appear * confusing to users. * * Setting this to 0 will disable the reverted tag entirely. * * @since 1.36 */ public const RevertedTagMaxDepth = [ 'default' => 15, 'type' => 'integer', ]; // endregion -- End of statistics and content analysis /***************************************************************************/ // region User accounts, authentication /** @name User accounts, authentication */ /** * Central ID lookup providers * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory * * @since 1.27 */ public const CentralIdLookupProviders = [ 'default' => [ 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class, 'services' => [ 'MainConfig', 'DBLoadBalancerFactory', 'HideUserUtils', ] ] ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Central ID lookup provider to use by default */ public const CentralIdLookupProvider = [ 'default' => 'local', 'type' => 'string', ]; /** * User registration timestamp provider classes * @since 1.41 */ public const UserRegistrationProviders = [ 'default' => [ LocalUserRegistrationProvider::TYPE => [ 'class' => LocalUserRegistrationProvider::class, 'services' => [ 'UserFactory', 'ConnectionProvider', ] ] ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Password policy for the wiki. * * Structured as * ``` * [ * 'policies' => [ => [ => , ... ], ... ], * 'checks' => [ => , ... ], * ] * ``` * where is a user group, is a password policy name * (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, is the * PHP callable implementing the policy check, is an array * of options with the following keys: * - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback * - forceChange: (boolean, default false) if the password is invalid, do * not let the user log in without changing the password * - suggestChangeOnLogin: (boolean, default false) if true and the password is * invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies * that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change * screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over * 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present. * As a shorthand for [ 'value' => ], simply can be written. * When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings * arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the * larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken. * * A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements * from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more * than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is * the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group * is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users. * * Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object * and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status * means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing * accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in * (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning). * * The checks supported by core are: * - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set. * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will * not be allowed to login, or offered a chance to reset their password * as part of the login workflow, regardless if it is correct. * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2. * - PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername - Password cannot be a substring * (contained within) the username. * - PasswordCannotMatchDefaults - Username/password combination cannot * match a list of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past. * - PasswordNotInCommonList - Password not in best practices list of * 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this * is a probabilistic test. * * If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly, * every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy- message, * and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding * passwordpolicies-policyflag- message ( and are in lowercase). * The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message * receives the flag value (or values if it's an array). * * @since 1.26 * @see \MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks * @see \MediaWiki\User\User::checkPasswordValidity() */ public const PasswordPolicy = [ 'default' => [ 'policies' => [ 'bureaucrat' => [ 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10, 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1, ], 'sysop' => [ 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10, 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1, ], 'interface-admin' => [ 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10, 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1, ], 'bot' => [ 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10, 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1, ], 'default' => [ 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 8, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ], 'PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ], 'PasswordCannotMatchDefaults' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ], 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ], 'PasswordNotInCommonList' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ], ], ], 'checks' => [ 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkMinimalPasswordLength' ], 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' ], 'PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkPasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' ], 'PasswordCannotMatchDefaults' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkPasswordCannotMatchDefaults' ], 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkMaximalPasswordLength' ], 'PasswordNotInCommonList' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkPasswordNotInCommonList' ], ], ], 'type' => 'map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_replace_recursive', ]; /** * Configure AuthManager * * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers: * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer * (default is 0). * * Elements are: * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders * * @since 1.27 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead. */ public const AuthManagerConfig = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?map', ]; /** * @see self::AuthManagerConfig * @since 1.27 */ public const AuthManagerAutoConfig = [ 'default' => [ 'preauth' => [ ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [ 'class' => ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class, 'sort' => 0, ], ], 'primaryauth' => [ // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place. TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ 'class' => TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class, 'services' => [ 'DBLoadBalancerFactory', 'UserOptionsLookup', ], 'args' => [ [ // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider 'authoritative' => false, ] ], 'sort' => 0, ], LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ 'class' => LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class, 'services' => [ 'DBLoadBalancerFactory', ], 'args' => [ [ // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong // password") if it too fails. 'authoritative' => true, ] ], 'sort' => 100, ], ], 'secondaryauth' => [ CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ 'class' => CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class, 'sort' => 0, ], ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ 'class' => ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class, 'sort' => 100, ], // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class, // 'sort' => 100, // ], EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ 'class' => EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class, 'services' => [ 'DBLoadBalancerFactory', ], 'sort' => 200, ], ], ], 'type' => 'map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', ]; /** * Configures RememberMe authentication request added by AuthManager. It can show a "remember * me" checkbox that, when checked, will cause it to take more time for the authenticated * session to expire. It can also be configured to always or to never extend the authentication * session. * * Valid values are listed in RememberMeAuthenticationRequest::ALLOWED_FLAGS. * * @since 1.36 */ public const RememberMe = [ 'default' => 'choose', 'type' => 'string', ]; /** * Time frame for re-authentication. * * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are: * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything * that needs to do this. * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within * the last X seconds. * - Come up with a third option. * * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the * "X seconds". * * This allows for configuring different time frames for different * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include: * - LinkAccounts * - UnlinkAccount * - ChangeCredentials * - RemoveCredentials * - ChangeEmail * * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(), * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing * AuthManagerSpecialPage. * * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array. * * @since 1.27 */ public const ReauthenticateTime = [ 'default' => [ 'default' => 300, ], 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'integer', ], ]; /** * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible. * * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use), * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL. * * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array. * * @since 1.27 * @see self::ReauthenticateTime */ public const AllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [ 'default' => [ 'default' => true, ], 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ], ]; /** * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API. * * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g. * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected. * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses). * * @since 1.27 */ public const ChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [ 'default' => [ TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class, ], 'type' => 'list', 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], ]; /** * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API. * * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g. * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected. * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses). * * @since 1.27 */ public const RemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [ 'default' => [ PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class, ], 'type' => 'list', 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], ]; /** * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword(). * * @since 1.23 */ public const InvalidPasswordReset = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords. * * Must be set to a type defined in $wgPasswordConfig, or a type that * is registered by default in PasswordFactory.php. * * @since 1.24 */ public const PasswordDefault = [ 'default' => 'pbkdf2', ]; /** * Configuration for built-in password types. * * Maps the password type to an array of options: * * - class: The Password class to use. * - factory (since 1.40): A function that creates and returns a suitable Password object. * This option is intended only for internal use; the function signature is unstable and * subject to change in future versions. * * All other options are class-dependent. * * An advanced example: * * ``` * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [ * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class, * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt', * 'secrets' => [ * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ), * ], * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc', * ]; * ``` * * @since 1.24 */ public const PasswordConfig = [ 'default' => [ 'A' => [ 'class' => MWOldPassword::class, ], 'B' => [ 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class, ], 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [ 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class, 'types' => [ 'A', 'pbkdf2', ], ], 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [ 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class, 'types' => [ 'B', 'pbkdf2', ], ], 'bcrypt' => [ 'class' => BcryptPassword::class, 'cost' => 9, ], 'pbkdf2' => [ 'class' => Pbkdf2PasswordUsingOpenSSL::class, 'algo' => 'sha512', 'cost' => '30000', 'length' => '64', ], 'argon2' => [ 'class' => Argon2Password::class, // Algorithm used: // * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks // * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking // * 'auto' to use the best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be // careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that // older versions would not understand. 'algo' => 'auto', // The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash(). // Set them to override that function's defaults. // // 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST, // 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST, // 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS, ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false) * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely */ public const PasswordResetRoutes = [ 'default' => [ 'username' => true, 'email' => true, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature */ public const MaxSigChars = [ 'default' => 255, ]; /** * Behavior of signature validation. Allowed values are: * - 'warning' - invalid signatures cause a warning to be displayed on the preferences page, * but they are still used when signing comments; new invalid signatures can still be saved as * normal * - 'new' - existing invalid signatures behave as above; new invalid signatures can't be * saved * - 'disallow' - existing invalid signatures are no longer used when signing comments; new * invalid signatures can't be saved * * @since 1.35 */ public const SignatureValidation = [ 'default' => 'warning', ]; /** * List of lint error codes which don't cause signature validation to fail. * * @see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Lint_errors * @since 1.35 */ public const SignatureAllowedLintErrors = [ 'default' => [ 'obsolete-tag', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value. */ public const MaxNameChars = [ 'default' => 255, ]; /** * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from * Maintenance scripts can still use these * * @see \MediaWiki\User\User::MAINTENANCE_SCRIPT_USER */ public const ReservedUsernames = [ 'default' => [ 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php 'Delete page script', // Default user name used by maintenance/deleteBatch.php 'Move page script', // Default user name used by maintenance/deleteBatch.php 'Command line script', // Default user name used by maintenance/undelete.php 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter & RevisionStore for revisions with no author and in User for invalid user id 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22) 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc. 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (removed in 1.44) ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts. * * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks: * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0; * * To save storage space, no user_properties row will be stored for users with the * default setting for a given option, even if the user manually selects that option. * This means that a change to the defaults will change the setting for all users who * have been using the default setting; there is no way for users to opt out of this. * $wgConditionalUserOptions can be used to change the default value for future users * only. * * @see self::ConditionalUserOptions */ public const DefaultUserOptions = [ 'default' => // This array should be sorted by key [ 'ccmeonemails' => 0, 'date' => 'default', 'diffonly' => 0, 'diff-type' => 'table', 'disablemail' => 0, 'editfont' => 'monospace', 'editondblclick' => 0, 'editrecovery' => 0, 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0, 'email-allow-new-users' => 1, 'enotifminoredits' => 0, 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0, 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1, 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1, 'extendwatchlist' => 1, 'fancysig' => 0, 'forceeditsummary' => 0, 'forcesafemode' => 0, 'gender' => 'unknown', 'hidecategorization' => 1, 'hideminor' => 0, 'hidepatrolled' => 0, 'imagesize' => 2, 'minordefault' => 0, 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0, 'nickname' => '', 'norollbackdiff' => 0, 'prefershttps' => 1, 'previewonfirst' => 0, 'previewontop' => 1, 'pst-cssjs' => 1, 'rcdays' => 7, 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0, 'rclimit' => 50, 'requireemail' => 0, 'search-match-redirect' => true, 'search-special-page' => 'Search', 'search-thumbnail-extra-namespaces' => true, 'searchlimit' => 20, 'showhiddencats' => 0, 'shownumberswatching' => 1, 'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0, 'skin' => false, 'skin-responsive' => 1, 'thumbsize' => 5, 'underline' => 2, 'useeditwarning' => 1, 'uselivepreview' => 0, 'usenewrc' => 1, 'watchcreations' => 1, 'watchdefault' => 1, 'watchdeletion' => 0, 'watchlistdays' => 7, 'watchlisthideanons' => 0, 'watchlisthidebots' => 0, 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1, 'watchlisthideliu' => 0, 'watchlisthideminor' => 0, 'watchlisthideown' => 0, 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0, 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0, 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0, 'watchmoves' => 0, 'watchrollback' => 0, 'watchuploads' => 1, 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0, 'wllimit' => 250, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Conditional defaults for user options * * Map of user options to conditional defaults descriptors, which is an array * of conditional cases [ VALUE, CONDITION1, CONDITION2 ], where VALUE is the default value for * all users that meet ALL conditions, and each CONDITION is either a: * (a) a CUDCOND_* constant (when condition does not take any arguments), or * (b) an array [ CUDCOND_*, argument1, argument1, ... ] (when chosen condition takes at * least one argument). * * When `null` is used as the VALUE, it is interpreted as "no conditional default for this * condition". In other words, `null` and $wgDefaultUserOptions['user-option'] can be used * interchangeably as the VALUE. * * All conditions are evaluated in order. When no condition matches. * $wgDefaultUserOptions is used instead. * * Example of valid configuration: * $wgConditionalUserOptions['user-option'] = [ * [ 'registered in 2024', [ CUDCOND_AFTER, '20240101000000' ] ] * ]; * * List of valid conditions: * * CUDCOND_AFTER: user registered after given timestamp (args: string $timestamp) * * CUDCOND_ANON: allows specifying a default for anonymous (logged-out, non-temporary) users * * CUDCOND_NAMED: allows specifying a default for named (registered, non-temporary) users * * CUDCOND_USERGROUP: users with a specific user group * * @since 1.42 * @see self::DefaultUserOptions */ public const ConditionalUserOptions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * An array of preferences to not show for the user */ public const HiddenPrefs = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Characters to prevent during new account creations. * * This is used in a regular expression character class during * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped). */ public const InvalidUsernameCharacters = [ 'default' => '@:>=', ]; /** * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki"). * * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights */ public const UserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = [ 'default' => '@', ]; /** * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http. * * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l: * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html * * @since 1.17 */ public const SecureLogin = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Versioning for authentication tokens. * * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out). * * @since 1.27 */ public const AuthenticationTokenVersion = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration. * * Values are ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders to be * used. Keys in the array are ignored; the class name is conventionally * used as the key to avoid collisions. Order is not significant. * * @since 1.27 */ public const SessionProviders = [ 'type' => 'map', 'default' => [ \MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class, 'args' => [ [ 'priority' => 30, ] ], ], \MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class, 'args' => [ [ 'priority' => 75, ] ], 'services' => [ 'GrantsInfo' ], ], ], ]; /** * Configuration for automatic creation of temporary accounts on page save. * This can be enabled to avoid exposing the IP addresses of casual editors who * do not explicitly create an account. * * @warning This is EXPERIMENTAL, enabling may break extensions. * * An associative array with the following keys: * * - known: (bool) Whether auto-creation is known about. Set this to 'true' if * temp accounts have been created on this wiki already. This setting allows * temp users to be recognized even if auto-creation is currently disabled. * If auto-creation is enabled via the 'enabled' property, then 'known' is * overriden to true. * - enabled: (bool) Whether auto-creation is enabled. If changing this * value from 'true' to 'false', you should also set 'known' to true, so * that relevant code can continue to identify temporary accounts as * visually and conceptually distinct from anonymous accounts and named accounts. * - actions: (array) A list of actions for which the feature is enabled. * Currently only "edit" is supported. * - genPattern: (string) The pattern used when generating new usernames. * This should have "$1" indicating the place where the serial string will * be substituted. * - matchPattern: (string|string[]|null) The pattern used when determining whether a * username is a temporary user. This affects the rights of the user * and also prevents explicit creation of users with matching names. * This is ignored if "enabled" is false. If the value is null, the * the genPattern value is used as the matchPattern. * - reservedPattern: (string) A pattern used to determine whether a * username should be denied for explicit creation, in addition to * matchPattern. This is used even if "enabled" is false. * - serialProvider: (array) Configuration for generation of unique integer * indexes which are used to make temporary usernames. * - type: (string) May be "local" to allocate indexes using the local * database. If the CentralAuth extension is enabled, it may be * "centralauth". Extensions may plug in additional types using the * TempUserSerialProviders attribute. * - numShards (int, default 1): A small integer. This can be set to a * value greater than 1 to avoid acquiring a global lock when * allocating IDs, at the expense of making the IDs be non-monotonic. * - useYear: (bool) Restart at 1 each time the year changes (in UTC). * To avoid naming conflicts, the year is included in the name after * the prefix, in the form 'YYYY-'. * - serialMapping: (array) Configuration for mapping integer indexes to strings * to substitute into genPattern. * - type: (string) May be * - "readable-numeric" to use ASCII decimal numbers broken up with hyphens * - "plain-numeric" to use ASCII decimal numbers * - "localized-numeric" to use numbers localized using a specific language * - "filtered-radix" to use numbers in an arbitrary base between 2 and 36, * with an optional list of "bad" IDs to skip over. * - "scramble": to use ASCII decimal numbers that are short but * non-consecutive. * - language: (string) With "localized-numeric", the language code * - radix: (int) With "filtered-radix", the base * - badIndexes: (array) With "filtered-radix", an array with the bad unmapped * indexes in the values. The integers must be sorted and the list * must never change after the indexes have been allocated. The keys must * be zero-based array indexes. * - uppercase: (bool) With "filtered-radix", whether to use uppercase * letters, default false. * - offset: (int) With "plain-numeric" and "readable-numeric", a constant to add to the * stored index. * - expireAfterDays: (int|null, default 90) If not null, how many days should the temporary * accounts expire? Requires expireTemporaryAccounts.php to be periodically executed in * order to work. * - notifyBeforeExpirationDays: (int|null, default 10) If not null, how many days before the * expiration of a temporary account should it be notified that their account is to be expired. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL * @since 1.39 */ public const AutoCreateTempUser = [ 'properties' => [ 'known' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ], 'enabled' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ], 'actions' => [ 'type' => 'list', 'default' => [ 'edit' ] ], 'genPattern' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'default' => '~$1' ], 'matchPattern' => [ 'type' => 'string|array|null', 'default' => null ], 'reservedPattern' => [ 'type' => 'string|null', 'default' => '~$1' ], 'serialProvider' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'default' => [ 'type' => 'local', 'useYear' => true ] ], 'serialMapping' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'default' => [ 'type' => 'readable-numeric' ] ], 'expireAfterDays' => [ 'type' => 'int|null', 'default' => 90 ], 'notifyBeforeExpirationDays' => [ 'type' => 'int|null', 'default' => 10 ], ], 'type' => 'object', ]; // endregion -- end user accounts /***************************************************************************/ // region User rights, access control and monitoring /** @name User rights, access control and monitoring */ /** List of IP addresses or CIDR ranges that are exempt from autoblocks. */ public const AutoblockExemptions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'array', ]; /** * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day. */ public const AutoblockExpiry = [ 'default' => 86400, ]; /** * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page. * * This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to * edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block * restrictions. */ public const BlockAllowsUTEdit = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks. * * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be * blocked using a small number of range blocks. * * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range. */ public const BlockCIDRLimit = [ 'default' => [ 'IPv4' => 16, 'IPv6' => 19, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * If true, sitewide blocked users will not be allowed to login. (Direct * blocks only; IP blocks are ignored.) This can be used to remove users' * read access on a private wiki. */ public const BlockDisablesLogin = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Flag to enable partial blocks against performing certain actions. * * @unstable Temporary feature flag, T280532 * @since 1.37 */ public const EnablePartialActionBlocks = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * If this is false, the number of blocks of a given target is limited to only 1. * * @since 1.42 */ public const EnableMultiBlocks = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Ipblocks table schema migration stage, for normalizing ipb_address field and * adding the block_target table. * * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values: * * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW * * History: * - 1.42: Added * - 1.43: Default changed from SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD to SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW * - 1.43: Deprecated, ignored, SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW is implied * * @deprecated since 1.43 */ public const BlockTargetMigrationStage = [ 'default' => SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW, 'type' => 'integer', ]; /** * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgWhitelistRead = [ "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help" ]; * ``` * * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always allowed. * * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false -- * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting. * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files, * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist * hook instead. */ public const WhitelistRead = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions. * * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which * is without underscore. * * **Example:** * To whitelist [[Main Page]]: * * ``` * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ]; * ``` * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match * pages not intended to be allowed. The above example will also * allow a page named 'Security Main Page'. * * **Example:** * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case: * * ``` * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ]; * ``` * * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]] * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false -- * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting. */ public const WhitelistReadRegexp = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail * address before being allowed to edit? */ public const EmailConfirmToEdit = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects? * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public. */ public const HideIdentifiableRedirects = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Permission keys given to users in each group. * * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an * array of the format (right => boolean). * * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions. * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types. * * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors; * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed * in the user_groups table. * * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established. * * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested * for security. Use at your own risk! * * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit */ public const GroupPermissions = [ 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ], ], 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', 'default' => [ '*' => [ 'createaccount' => true, 'read' => true, 'edit' => true, 'createpage' => true, 'createtalk' => true, 'viewmyprivateinfo' => true, 'editmyprivateinfo' => true, 'editmyoptions' => true, ], 'user' => [ 'move' => true, 'move-subpages' => true, 'move-rootuserpages' => true, 'move-categorypages' => true, 'movefile' => true, 'read' => true, 'edit' => true, 'createpage' => true, 'createtalk' => true, 'upload' => true, 'reupload' => true, 'reupload-shared' => true, 'minoredit' => true, 'editmyusercss' => true, 'editmyuserjson' => true, 'editmyuserjs' => true, 'editmyuserjsredirect' => true, 'sendemail' => true, 'applychangetags' => true, 'changetags' => true, 'editcontentmodel' => true, 'viewmywatchlist' => true, 'editmywatchlist' => true, ], 'autoconfirmed' => [ 'autoconfirmed' => true, 'editsemiprotected' => true, ], 'bot' => [ 'bot' => true, 'autoconfirmed' => true, 'editsemiprotected' => true, 'nominornewtalk' => true, 'autopatrol' => true, 'suppressredirect' => true, 'apihighlimits' => true, ], 'sysop' => [ 'block' => true, 'createaccount' => true, 'delete' => true, 'bigdelete' => true, 'deletedhistory' => true, 'deletedtext' => true, 'undelete' => true, 'editinterface' => true, 'editsitejson' => true, 'edituserjson' => true, 'import' => true, 'importupload' => true, 'move' => true, 'move-subpages' => true, 'move-rootuserpages' => true, 'move-categorypages' => true, 'patrol' => true, 'autopatrol' => true, 'protect' => true, 'editprotected' => true, 'rollback' => true, 'upload' => true, 'reupload' => true, 'reupload-shared' => true, 'unwatchedpages' => true, 'autoconfirmed' => true, 'editsemiprotected' => true, 'ipblock-exempt' => true, 'blockemail' => true, 'markbotedits' => true, 'apihighlimits' => true, 'browsearchive' => true, 'noratelimit' => true, 'movefile' => true, 'unblockself' => true, 'suppressredirect' => true, 'mergehistory' => true, 'managechangetags' => true, 'deletechangetags' => true, ], 'interface-admin' => [ 'editinterface' => true, 'editsitecss' => true, 'editsitejson' => true, 'editsitejs' => true, 'editusercss' => true, 'edituserjson' => true, 'edituserjs' => true, ], 'bureaucrat' => [ 'userrights' => true, 'noratelimit' => true, 'renameuser' => true, ], 'suppress' => [ 'hideuser' => true, 'suppressrevision' => true, 'viewsuppressed' => true, 'suppressionlog' => true, 'deleterevision' => true, 'deletelogentry' => true, ], ], ]; /** * List of groups which should be considered privileged (user accounts * belonging in these groups can be abused in dangerous ways). * This is used for some security checks, mainly logging. * @since 1.41 * @see \MediaWiki\User\UserGroupManager::getUserPrivilegedGroups() */ public const PrivilegedGroups = [ 'default' => [ 'bureaucrat', 'interface-admin', 'suppress', 'sysop', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Permission keys revoked from users in each group. * * This acts the same way as $wgGroupPermissions above, except that * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them. * * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk! */ public const RevokePermissions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', ]; /** * Groups that should inherit permissions from another group * * This allows defining a group that inherits its permissions * from another group without having to copy all the permission * grants over. For example, if you wanted a manual "confirmed" * group that had the same permissions as "autoconfirmed": * * ``` * $wgGroupInheritsPermissions['confirmed'] = 'autoconfirmed'; * ``` * * Recursive inheritance is currently not supported. In the above * example, confirmed will only gain the permissions explicitly * granted (or revoked) from autoconfirmed, not any permissions * that autoconfirmed might inherit. * * @since 1.38 */ public const GroupInheritsPermissions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], ]; /** * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else */ public const ImplicitGroups = [ 'default' => [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users * are allowed to add or revoke. * * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any * group". * * **Example:** * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group: * * ``` * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ]; * ``` * * **Example:** * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance: * * ``` * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ]; * ``` * * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from * any group that they happen to be in. */ public const GroupsAddToSelf = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * @see self::GroupsAddToSelf */ public const GroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect * You probably shouldn't change this. * * Translated through restriction-* messages. * RestrictionStore::listApplicableRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not * applicable to a specific title (create and upload) */ public const RestrictionTypes = [ 'default' => [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect) * * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements * dictates the order on the protection form's lists. * * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected) * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility */ public const RestrictionLevels = [ 'default' => [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection * * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the * requested restriction level is included in this array. * * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility. * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility. */ public const CascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'default' => [ 'sysop', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected" * * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected" * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered * "semiprotected". * * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility. * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here. */ public const SemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'default' => [ 'autoconfirmed', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace. * * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'. */ public const NamespaceProtection = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates. * * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...). * * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism. */ public const NonincludableNamespaces = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit * privileges of new accounts. * * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test. * * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass. * * **Example:** * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds): * * ``` * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes * ``` * * Set age to one day: * * ``` * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day * ``` */ public const AutoConfirmAge = [ 'default' => 0, ]; /** * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed. * * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example: * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50; * ``` */ public const AutoConfirmCount = [ 'default' => 0, ]; /** * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups. * * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is: * * $wgAutopromote = [ * 'groupname' => cond, * 'group2' => cond2, * ]; * * A `cond` may be: * - a single condition without arguments: * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR * [ `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` ] * - a single condition with arguments: * e.g. `[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 ]` * - a set of conditions: * e.g. `[ 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... ]` * * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available: * - `&` (**AND**): * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions * - `|` (**OR**): * promote if user matches **ANY** condition * - `^` (**XOR**): * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS** * - `!` (**NOT**): * promote if user matces **NO** condition * - [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ]: * true if user has a confirmed e-mail * - [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits (if null or missing $wgAutoConfirmCount will be used)]: * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter * - [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration (if null or missing $wgAutoConfirmAge will be used)]: * true if the length of time since the user created their account * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter * - [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ]: * true if the length of time since the user made their first edit * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter * - [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ]: * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups * - [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ]: * true if the user has the passed IP address * - [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ]: * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter * - [ APCOND_BLOCKED ]: * true if the user is sitewide blocked * - [ APCOND_ISBOT ]: * true if the user is a bot * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions * * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions * linked by operands. * * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any * user who has provided an e-mail address. */ public const Autopromote = [ 'default' => [ 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&', [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, null ], // NOTE: null means $wgAutoConfirmCount [ APCOND_AGE, null ], // NOTE: null means AutoConfirmAge ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions. * * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed. * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria. * * The format is: * * ``` * [ event => criteria, ... ] * ``` * * The only recognised value for event is 'onEdit' (when the user edits). * * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote * * @see self::Autopromote * @since 1.18 */ public const AutopromoteOnce = [ 'default' => [ 'onEdit' => [], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes? * * @since 1.18 */ public const AutopromoteOnceLogInRC = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Defines a denylist of group names. One-shot autopromotions into these groups will not cause a * RecentChanges entry to be inserted even if AutopromoteOnceLogInRC is set, as long as they are the * only new groups the user was autopromoted to. * * @since 1.44 */ public const AutopromoteOnceRCExcludedGroups = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'array', ]; /** * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights. * * **Example:** * Bureaucrats can add any group: * * ``` * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true; * ``` * * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops: * * ``` * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ]; * ``` * * Sysops can make bots: * * ``` * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ]; * ``` * * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots: * * ``` * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ]; * ``` */ public const AddGroups = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_merge_recursive', ]; /** * @see self::AddGroups */ public const RemoveGroups = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_merge_recursive', ]; /** * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core. * Rights in this list are denied unless explicitly granted, typically * using GroupPermissions. * * For extensions only. * * @see self::GroupPermissions * @see self::ImplicitRights */ public const AvailableRights = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], ]; /** * A list of implicit rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core. * Rights in this list are granted implicitly to all users, but rate limits * may apply to them. * * Extensions that define rate limits should add the corresponding right to * either ImplicitRights or AvailableRights, depending on whether the right * should be granted to everyone. * * @since 1.41 * @see self::RateLimits * @see self::AvailableRights */ public const ImplicitRights = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ] ]; /** * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.) */ public const DeleteRevisionsLimit = [ 'default' => 0, ]; /** * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue. * * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job. */ public const DeleteRevisionsBatchSize = [ 'default' => 1000, ]; /** * The maximum number of edits a user can have and * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission. * * This is limited for performance reason. * Set to false to disable the limit. * * @since 1.23 */ public const HideUserContribLimit = [ 'default' => 1000, ]; /** * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s). * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ * // no more than 100 per month * [ * 'count' => 100, * 'seconds' => 30*86400, * ], * // no more than 10 per day * [ * 'count' => 10, * 'seconds' => 86400, * ], * ]; * ``` * * @note For backwards compatibility reasons, this may also be given as a single * integer, representing the number of account creations per day. * @see self::TempAccountCreationThrottle for the temporary accounts version of * this throttle * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled */ public const AccountCreationThrottle = [ 'default' => [ [ 'count' => 0, 'seconds' => 86400, ] ], 'type' => 'int|list', ]; /** * Number of temporary accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s). * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgTempAccountCreationThrottle = [ * // no more than 100 per month * [ * 'count' => 100, * 'seconds' => 30*86400, * ], * // no more than 6 per day * [ * 'count' => 6, * 'seconds' => 86400, * ], * ]; * ``` * * @see self::AccountCreationThrottle for the regular account version of this throttle. * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled * * @since 1.42 */ public const TempAccountCreationThrottle = [ 'default' => [ [ 'count' => 6, 'seconds' => 86400, ] ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Number of temporary accounts usernames each IP address may acquire per specified period(s). * * This should be set to a higher value than TempAccountCreationThrottle. * * On editing, we first attempt to acquire a temp username before proceeding with saving an edit * and potentially creating a temp account if the edit save is successful. * * Some edits may fail (due to core or extensions denying an edit); this throttle ensures that * there are limits to the number of temporary account names that can be acquired and stored in * the database. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgTempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle = [ * // no more than 100 per month * [ * 'count' => 100, * 'seconds' => 30*86400, * ], * // no more than 60 per day * [ * 'count' => 60, * 'seconds' => 86400, * ], * ]; * ``` * * @see self::TempAccountCreationThrottle Make sure that TempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle is greater than or * equal to TempAccountCreationThrottle * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled * * @since 1.42 */ public const TempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle = [ 'default' => [ [ 'count' => 60, 'seconds' => 86400, ] ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically. * * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :) * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility. * * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or / */ public const SpamRegex = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Same as SpamRegex except for edit summaries */ public const SummarySpamRegex = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open * proxies * * @since 1.16 */ public const EnableDnsBlacklist = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true. * * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should * the blacklist require a key). * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ * // String containing URL * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.', * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ], * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you * // just use a string as shown above * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ] * ]; * ``` * * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your * eventual domain search suffixes. * @since 1.16 */ public const DnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * List of banned IP addresses. * * This can have the following formats: * - An array of addresses * - A string, in which case this is the path to a file * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line */ public const ProxyList = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'string|list', ]; /** * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite * what the other methods might say. */ public const ProxyWhitelist = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs. * * @since 1.29 */ public const SoftBlockRanges = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], ]; /** * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed) * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves. */ public const ApplyIpBlocksToXff = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods. * * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period * elapses. * * **Example:** * Limits per configured per action and then type of users. * * ``` * $wgRateLimits = [ * 'edit' => [ * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate) * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user * 'user-global' => [ x, y ], // per username, across all sites (assumes names are * global) * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user' * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account, across all sites * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6 * 'ip-all' => [ x, y ], // per ip, across all sites * 'subnet-all' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership * ] * ]; * ``` * * **Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate** * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration. * * ``` * $wgRateLimits = [ * 'some-action' => [ * '&can-bypass' => false, * 'user' => [ x, y ], * ]; * ``` * * @see self::ImplicitRights * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent */ public const RateLimits = [ 'default' => [ // Page edits 'edit' => [ 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ], 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ], 'user' => [ 90, 60 ], ], // Page moves 'move' => [ 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ], 'user' => [ 8, 60 ], ], // File uploads 'upload' => [ 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ], 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ], ], // Page rollbacks 'rollback' => [ 'user' => [ 10, 60 ], 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ] ], // Triggering password resets emails 'mailpassword' => [ 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ], ], // Emailing other users using MediaWiki 'sendemail' => [ 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ], 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ], 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ], ], 'changeemail' => [ 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ], 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ] ], // since 1.33 - rate limit email confirmations 'confirmemail' => [ 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ], 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ] ], // Purging pages 'purge' => [ 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ], 'user' => [ 30, 60 ], ], // Purges of link tables 'linkpurge' => [ 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ], 'user' => [ 30, 60 ], ], // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php 'renderfile' => [ 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ], 'user' => [ 700, 30 ], ], // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [ 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ], 'user' => [ 70, 30 ], ], // Stashing edits into cache before save 'stashedit' => [ 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ], 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ], ], // Stash base HTML for VE edits 'stashbasehtml' => [ 'ip' => [ 5, 60 ], 'newbie' => [ 5, 60 ], ], // Adding or removing change tags 'changetags' => [ 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ], 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ], ], // Changing the content model of a page 'editcontentmodel' => [ 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ], 'user' => [ 8, 60 ], ], ], 'type' => 'map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', ]; /** * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits. * * This may be useful for allowing NAT gateways for conferences, etc. */ public const RateLimitsExcludedIPs = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin * Used for retroactive autoblocks */ public const PutIPinRC = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Integer defining default number of entries to show on * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere. */ public const QueryPageDefaultLimit = [ 'default' => 50, ]; /** * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account. * * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds. * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is * just per account instead of per IP per account. * * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle. * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled */ public const PasswordAttemptThrottle = [ 'default' => [ // Short term limit [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ], // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack. [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ], ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user). * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with. * * @since 1.27 */ public const GrantPermissions = [ 'default' => [ 'basic' => [ 'autocreateaccount' => true, 'autoconfirmed' => true, 'autopatrol' => true, 'editsemiprotected' => true, 'ipblock-exempt' => true, 'nominornewtalk' => true, 'patrolmarks' => true, 'read' => true, 'unwatchedpages' => true, ], 'highvolume' => [ 'bot' => true, 'apihighlimits' => true, 'noratelimit' => true, 'markbotedits' => true, ], 'import' => [ 'import' => true, 'importupload' => true, ], 'editpage' => [ 'edit' => true, 'minoredit' => true, 'applychangetags' => true, 'changetags' => true, 'editcontentmodel' => true, 'pagelang' => true, ], 'editprotected' => [ 'edit' => true, 'minoredit' => true, 'applychangetags' => true, 'changetags' => true, 'editcontentmodel' => true, 'editprotected' => true, ], 'editmycssjs' => [ 'edit' => true, 'minoredit' => true, 'applychangetags' => true, 'changetags' => true, 'editcontentmodel' => true, 'editmyusercss' => true, 'editmyuserjson' => true, 'editmyuserjs' => true, ], 'editmyoptions' => [ 'editmyoptions' => true, 'editmyuserjson' => true, ], 'editinterface' => [ 'edit' => true, 'minoredit' => true, 'applychangetags' => true, 'changetags' => true, 'editcontentmodel' => true, 'editinterface' => true, 'edituserjson' => true, 'editsitejson' => true, ], 'editsiteconfig' => [ 'edit' => true, 'minoredit' => true, 'applychangetags' => true, 'changetags' => true, 'editcontentmodel' => true, 'editinterface' => true, 'edituserjson' => true, 'editsitejson' => true, 'editusercss' => true, 'edituserjs' => true, 'editsitecss' => true, 'editsitejs' => true, ], 'createeditmovepage' => [ 'edit' => true, 'minoredit' => true, 'applychangetags' => true, 'changetags' => true, 'editcontentmodel' => true, 'createpage' => true, 'createtalk' => true, 'delete-redirect' => true, 'move' => true, 'move-rootuserpages' => true, 'move-subpages' => true, 'move-categorypages' => true, 'suppressredirect' => true, ], 'uploadfile' => [ 'upload' => true, 'reupload-own' => true, ], 'uploadeditmovefile' => [ 'upload' => true, 'reupload-own' => true, 'reupload' => true, 'reupload-shared' => true, 'upload_by_url' => true, 'movefile' => true, 'suppressredirect' => true, ], 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' => true, ], 'rollback' => [ 'rollback' => true, ], 'blockusers' => [ 'block' => true, 'blockemail' => true, ], 'viewdeleted' => [ 'browsearchive' => true, 'deletedhistory' => true, 'deletedtext' => true, ], 'viewrestrictedlogs' => [ 'suppressionlog' => true, ], 'delete' => [ 'edit' => true, 'minoredit' => true, 'applychangetags' => true, 'changetags' => true, 'editcontentmodel' => true, 'browsearchive' => true, 'deletedhistory' => true, 'deletedtext' => true, 'delete' => true, 'bigdelete' => true, 'deletelogentry' => true, 'deleterevision' => true, 'undelete' => true, ], 'oversight' => [ 'suppressrevision' => true, 'viewsuppressed' => true, ], 'protect' => [ 'edit' => true, 'minoredit' => true, 'applychangetags' => true, 'changetags' => true, 'editcontentmodel' => true, 'editprotected' => true, 'protect' => true, ], 'viewmywatchlist' => [ 'viewmywatchlist' => true, ], 'editmywatchlist' => [ 'editmywatchlist' => true, ], 'sendemail' => [ 'sendemail' => true, ], 'createaccount' => [ 'createaccount' => true, ], 'privateinfo' => [ 'viewmyprivateinfo' => true, ], 'mergehistory' => [ 'mergehistory' => true, ], ], 'type' => 'map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ], ], ]; /** * Grant groups are used on some user interfaces to display conceptually * similar grants together. * * This configuration value should usually be set by extensions, not * site administrators. * * @see self::GrantPermissions * @since 1.27 */ public const GrantPermissionGroups = [ 'default' => [ // Hidden grants are implicitly present 'basic' => 'hidden', 'editpage' => 'page-interaction', 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction', 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction', 'patrol' => 'page-interaction', 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction', 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction', 'sendemail' => 'email', 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction', 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction', 'editmycssjs' => 'customization', 'editmyoptions' => 'customization', 'editinterface' => 'administration', 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration', 'rollback' => 'administration', 'blockusers' => 'administration', 'delete' => 'administration', 'viewdeleted' => 'administration', 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration', 'protect' => 'administration', 'oversight' => 'administration', 'createaccount' => 'administration', 'mergehistory' => 'administration', 'import' => 'administration', 'highvolume' => 'high-volume', 'privateinfo' => 'private-information', ], 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], ]; /** * Group grants by risk level. Keys are grant names (i.e. keys from GrantPermissions), * values are GrantsInfo::RISK_* constants. * * Note that this classification is only informative; merely applying 'security' or 'internal' * to a grant won't prevent it from being available. It's used to give guidance to users * in various interfaces about the riskiness of the various grants. * * @since 1.42 */ public const GrantRiskGroups = [ 'default' => [ 'basic' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'editpage' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'createeditmovepage' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'editprotected' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, 'patrol' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'uploadfile' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'uploadeditmovefile' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'sendemail' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, 'viewmywatchlist' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'editviewmywatchlist' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'editmycssjs' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, 'editmyoptions' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, 'editinterface' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, 'editsiteconfig' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, 'rollback' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'blockusers' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, 'delete' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, 'viewdeleted' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, 'viewrestrictedlogs' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, 'protect' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, 'oversight' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, 'createaccount' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'mergehistory' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, 'import' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, 'highvolume' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, 'privateinfo' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * @since 1.27 */ public const EnableBotPasswords = [ 'default' => true, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Cluster for the bot_passwords table * * @since 1.27 * @deprecated since 1.42 Use $wgVirtualDomainsMapping instead. */ public const BotPasswordsCluster = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'string|false', ]; /** * Database name for the bot_passwords table * * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to * "{$database}-{$prefix}". * * @since 1.27 * @deprecated since 1.42 Use $wgVirtualDomainsMapping instead. */ public const BotPasswordsDatabase = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'string|false', ]; // endregion -- end of user rights settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Security /** @name Security */ /** * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php */ public const SecretKey = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow user Javascript page? * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may * increase security risk to users and server load. */ public const AllowUserJs = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)? * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may * increase security risk to users and server load. */ public const AllowUserCss = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow style-related user-preferences? * * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences * are available to users. */ public const AllowUserCssPrefs = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Use the site's Javascript page? */ public const UseSiteJs = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)? */ public const UseSiteCss = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks, * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads. */ public const BreakFrames = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed * in a frame or iframe. The options are: * * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis. * * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs. * * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not * recommended. * * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages, * not just edit pages. */ public const EditPageFrameOptions = [ 'default' => 'DENY', ]; /** * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be * framed can compromise your user's account security. * * Options are: * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis. * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. * - false: Allow all framing. * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output. */ public const ApiFrameOptions = [ 'default' => 'DENY', ]; /** * Controls Content-Security-Policy header * * @warning May cause slowness on Windows due to slow random number generator. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL * @since 1.32 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/ */ public const CSPHeader = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'false|object', ]; /** * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header * * @since 1.32 */ public const CSPReportOnlyHeader = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'false|object', ]; /** * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware). * * List based on results from Wikimedia logs. * * @since 1.28 */ public const CSPFalsePositiveUrls = [ 'default' => [ 'https://3hub.co' => true, 'https://morepro.info' => true, 'https://p.ato.mx' => true, 'https://s.ato.mx' => true, 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true, 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true, 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true, 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true, 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true, 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true, 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true, 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true, 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true, 'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true, 'chrome-extension' => true, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Allow anonymous cross origin requests to the REST API. * * This should be disabled for intranet sites (sites behind a firewall). * * @since 1.36 */ public const AllowCrossOrigin = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Allows authenticated cross-origin requests to the REST API with session cookies. * * With this option enabled, any origin specified in $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains may send session * cookies for authorization in the REST API. * * There is a performance impact by enabling this option. Therefore, it should be left disabled * for most wikis and clients should instead use OAuth to make cross-origin authenticated * requests. * * @see https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Credentials * @since 1.36 */ public const RestAllowCrossOriginCookieAuth = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Secret for session storage. * * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise $wgSecretKey will * be used. * * @since 1.27 */ public const SessionSecret = [ 'default' => false, ]; // endregion -- end of security /***************************************************************************/ // region Cookie settings /** @name Cookie settings */ /** * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only. */ public const CookieExpiration = [ 'default' => 30 * 86400, ]; /** * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make * login cookies session-only. */ public const ExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = [ 'default' => 180 * 86400, ]; /** * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org" * or ".any.subdomain.net" */ public const CookieDomain = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain. */ public const CookiePath = [ 'default' => '/', ]; /** * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be: * - true: Set secure flag * - false: Don't set secure flag * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL, * or if $wgForceHTTPS is true. * * If $wgForceHTTPS is true, session cookies will be secure regardless of this * setting. However, other cookies will still be affected. */ public const CookieSecure = [ 'default' => 'detect', 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ForceHTTPS' ] ] ]; public static function getDefaultCookieSecure( $forceHTTPS ): bool { return $forceHTTPS || ( WebRequest::detectProtocol() === 'https' ); } /** * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database * name to be used as a prefix. */ public const CookiePrefix = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'SharedDB', 'SharedPrefix', 'SharedTables', 'DBname', 'DBprefix' ] ], ]; public static function getDefaultCookiePrefix( $sharedDB, $sharedPrefix, $sharedTables, $dbName, $dbPrefix ): string { if ( $sharedDB && in_array( 'user', $sharedTables ) ) { return $sharedDB . ( $sharedPrefix ? "_$sharedPrefix" : '' ); } return $dbName . ( $dbPrefix ? "_$dbPrefix" : '' ); } /** * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript, * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of * XSS attack. */ public const CookieHttpOnly = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * The SameSite cookie attribute used for login cookies. This can be "Lax", * "Strict", "None" or empty/null to omit the attribute. * * This only applies to login cookies, since the correct value for other * cookies depends on what kind of cookie it is. * * @since 1.35 */ public const CookieSameSite = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions) */ public const CacheVaryCookies = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Override to customise the session name */ public const SessionName = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will * contain an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block * ID (in which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted * users, so it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set). */ public const CookieSetOnAutoblock = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked * user, even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, * so it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set). */ public const CookieSetOnIpBlock = [ 'default' => true, ]; // endregion -- end of cookie settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Profiling, testing and debugging /** @name Profiling, testing and debugging */ // See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling. /** * Enable verbose debug logging for all channels and log levels. * * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug * * For static requests, this enables all channels and warning-level and * above only. Use $wgDebugRawPage to make those verbose as well. * * The debug log file should be not be web-accessible if it is used in * a production environment, as may contain private data. */ public const DebugLogFile = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * Prefix for debug log lines */ public const DebugLogPrefix = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy * resubmission of form data. For developer use only. */ public const DebugRedirects = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * If true, debug logging is also enabled for load.php and action=raw requests. * * By default, $wgDebugLogFile enables all channels and warning-level and * above for static requests. * * This ensures that the debug log is likely a chronological record of * of specific web request you are debugging, instead of overlapping with * messages from static requests, which would make it unclear which message * originated from what request. * * Also, during development this can make browsing and JavaScript testing * considerably slower (T85805). */ public const DebugRawPage = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output. * * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user. * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects. */ public const DebugComments = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Write SQL queries to the debug log. * * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple'; otherwise the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in * the 'flags' option of the database connection to achieve the same functionality. */ public const DebugDumpSql = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Performance expectations for DB usage * * @since 1.26 */ public const TrxProfilerLimits = [ 'default' => [ // HTTP GET/HEAD requests. // Primary queries should not happen on GET requests 'GET' => [ 'masterConns' => 0, 'writes' => 0, 'readQueryTime' => 5, 'readQueryRows' => 10000 ], // HTTP POST requests. // Primary reads and writes will happen for a subset of these. 'POST' => [ 'readQueryTime' => 5, 'writeQueryTime' => 1, 'readQueryRows' => 100_000, 'maxAffected' => 1000 ], 'POST-nonwrite' => [ 'writes' => 0, 'readQueryTime' => 5, 'readQueryRows' => 10000 ], // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests 'PostSend-GET' => [ 'readQueryTime' => 5, 'writeQueryTime' => 1, 'readQueryRows' => 10000, 'maxAffected' => 1000, // Log primary queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged 'masterConns' => 0, 'writes' => 0, ], // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests 'PostSend-POST' => [ 'readQueryTime' => 5, 'writeQueryTime' => 1, 'readQueryRows' => 100_000, 'maxAffected' => 1000 ], // Background job runner 'JobRunner' => [ 'readQueryTime' => 30, 'writeQueryTime' => 5, 'readQueryRows' => 100_000, 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery ], // Command-line scripts 'Maintenance' => [ 'writeQueryTime' => 5, 'maxAffected' => 1000 ] ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Map of string log group names to log destinations. * * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging * in production. * * Log destinations may be one of the following: * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile. * - string values specifying a filename or URI. * - associative array with keys: * - 'destination' desired filename or URI. * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional) * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level * to log (optional, since 1.25) * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log'; * ``` * * **Advanced example:** * * ``` * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [ * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log', * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000. * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING * ]; * ``` */ public const DebugLogGroups = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances. * * The value should be an array suitable for use with * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional * details. * * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely. * * **To completely disable logging:** * * ``` * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ]; * ``` * * @since 1.25 * @see \MwLogger */ public const MWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'default' => [ 'class' => 'MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi', ], 'mergeStrategy' => 'replace', 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area. * * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki. */ public const ShowDebug = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version */ public const SpecialVersionShowHooks = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Show exception message and stack trace when printing details about uncaught exceptions * in web response output. * * This may reveal private information in error messages or function parameters. * If set to false, only the exception type or class name will be exposed. */ public const ShowExceptionDetails = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log */ public const LogExceptionBacktrace = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true. */ public const PropagateErrors = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments */ public const ShowHostnames = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value. * * Should be a string, default false. * * @since 1.20 */ public const OverrideHostname = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error * conditions and for deprecated functions. */ public const DevelopmentWarnings = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases * after the limit. */ public const DeprecationReleaseLimit = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Profiler configuration. * * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSettings.php. * * Options: * * - 'class' (`string`): The Profiler subclass to use. * Default: ProfilerStub. * - 'sampling' (`integer`): Only enable the profiler on one in this many requests. * For requests that are not in the sampling, * the 'class' option will be replaced with ProfilerStub. * Default: `1`. * - 'threshold' (`float`): Only process the recorded data if the total elapsed * time for a request is more than this number of seconds. * Default: `0.0`. * - 'output' (`string|string[]`): ProfilerOutput subclass or subclasess to use. * Default: `[]`. * * The options array is passed in its entirety to the specified * Profiler `class`. Check individual Profiler subclasses for additional * options that may be available. * * Profiler subclasses available in MediaWiki core: * * - ProfilerXhprof: Based on XHProf or Tideways-XHProf. * - ProfilerExcimer: Based on Excimer. * - ProfilerSectionOnly * * Profiler output classes available in MediaWiki: * * - ProfilerOutputText: outputs profiling data in the web page body as * a comment. You can make the profiling data in HTML render visibly * instead by setting the 'visible' configuration flag. * * - ProfilerOutputStats: outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. * It expects that $wgStatsdServer is set to the host (or host:port) * of a statsd server. * * - ProfilerOutputDump: outputs dump files that are compatible * with the XHProf gui. It expects that `$wgProfiler['outputDir']` * is set as well. * * Examples: * * ``` * $wgProfiler = [ * 'class' => ProfilerXhprof::class, * 'output' => ProfilerOutputText::class, * ]; * ``` * * ``` * $wgProfiler = [ * 'class' => ProfilerXhprof::class, * 'output' => [ ProfilerOutputText::class ], * 'sampling' => 50, // one in every 50 requests * ]; * ``` * * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the `--profiler` * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this. * * @since 1.17.0 */ public const Profiler = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'replace', ]; /** * Destination of statsd metrics. * * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125. * * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected. * * @see MediaWiki::emitBufferedStats() * @since 1.25 */ public const StatsdServer = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer. * * @see \MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory * @see \Wikimedia\Stats\BufferingStatsdDataFactory * @since 1.25 */ public const StatsdMetricPrefix = [ 'default' => 'MediaWiki', ]; /** * Stats output target URI e.g. udp://127.0.0.1:8125 * * If null, metrics will not be sent. * Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service * * @since 1.38 */ public const StatsTarget = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Stats output format * * If null, metrics will not be rendered nor sent. * Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service * * @see \Wikimedia\Stats\OutputFormats::SUPPORTED_FORMATS * @since 1.41 */ public const StatsFormat = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * Stats service name prefix * * Required. Must not be zero-length. * Defaults to: 'mediawiki' * Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service * * @since 1.41 */ public const StatsPrefix = [ 'default' => 'mediawiki', 'type' => 'string', ]; /** * Configuration for OpenTelemetry instrumentation, or `null` to disable it. * Possible keys: * - `samplingProbability`: probability in % of sampling a trace for which no sampling decision has been * taken yet. Must be between 0 and 100. * - `serviceName`: name of the service being instrumented. * - `endpoint`: URL of the OpenTelemetry collector to send trace data to. * This has to be an endpoint accepting OTLP data over HTTP (not gRPC). * * An example config to send data to a local OpenTelemetry or Jaeger collector instance: * ``` * $wgOpenTelemetryConfig = [ * 'samplingProbability' => 0.1, * 'serviceName' => 'mediawiki-local', * 'endpoint' => 'http://127.0.0.1:4318/v1/traces', * ]; * ``` * @since 1.43 */ public const OpenTelemetryConfig = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => 'map|null' ]; /** * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from). * * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded * templates. */ public const PageInfoTransclusionLimit = [ 'default' => 50, ]; /** * Allow running of QUnit tests via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]]. */ public const EnableJavaScriptTest = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value. * * @since 1.19 */ public const CachePrefix = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database * queries and other useful output. * * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseCdn is enabled. * * @since 1.19 */ public const DebugToolbar = [ 'default' => false, ]; // endregion -- end of profiling, testing and debugging /***************************************************************************/ // region Search /** @name Search */ /** * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature. */ public const DisableTextSearch = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results, * by default off due to execution overhead */ public const AdvancedSearchHighlighting = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate */ public const SearchHighlightBoundaries = [ 'default' => '[\\p{Z}\\p{P}\\p{C}]', ]; /** * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch * * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke * * Placeholders: {searchTerms} */ public const OpenSearchTemplates = [ 'default' => [ 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false, 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * This was previously a used to force empty responses from ApiOpenSearch * with the 'suggest' parameter set. * * @deprecated since 1.35 No longer used */ public const EnableOpenSearchSuggest = [ 'default' => true, 'obsolete' => 'Since 1.35, no longer used', 'description' => 'Has been emitting warnings since 1.39 (LTS). ' . 'Can be removed completely in 1.44, assuming 1.43 is an LTS release.' ]; /** * Integer defining default number of entries to show on * OpenSearch call. */ public const OpenSearchDefaultLimit = [ 'default' => 10, ]; /** * Minimum length of extract in . Actual extracts will last until the end of * sentence. */ public const OpenSearchDescriptionLength = [ 'default' => 100, ]; /** * Expiry time for search suggestion responses */ public const SearchSuggestCacheExpiry = [ 'default' => 1200, ]; /** * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table. */ public const DisableSearchUpdate = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * List of namespaces which are searched by default. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true; * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true; * ``` */ public const NamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [ 'default' => [ NS_MAIN => true, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be * implemented by an extension instead. */ public const DisableInternalSearch = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location. * * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded * search term. Before using this, $wgDisableTextSearch must be set to true. * * **Example:** * To forward to Google you'd have something like: * * ``` * $wgSearchForwardUrl = * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' . * '&domains=https://example.com' . * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' . * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8'; * ``` */ public const SearchForwardUrl = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be * generated for all namespaces. */ public const SitemapNamespaces = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'false|list', ]; /** * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script. * * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [ * NS_USER => '0.9', * NS_HELP => '0.0', * ]; * ``` */ public const SitemapNamespacesPriorities = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'false|map', ]; /** * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]] */ public const EnableSearchContributorsByIP = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Options for Special:Search completion widget form created by SearchFormWidget class. * * Settings that can be used: * - showDescriptions: true/false - whether to show opensearch description results * - performSearchOnClick: true/false - whether to perform search on click * See also TitleWidget.js UI widget. * * @since 1.34 */ public const SpecialSearchFormOptions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Set true to allow logged-in users to set a preference whether or not matches in * search results should force redirection to that page. If false, the preference is * not exposed and cannot be altered from site default. To change your site's default * preference, set via $wgDefaultUserOptions['search-match-redirect']. * * @since 1.35 */ public const SearchMatchRedirectPreference = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for * these suggestions. * * @since 1.26 */ public const SearchRunSuggestedQuery = [ 'default' => true, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; // endregion -- end of search settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Edit user interface /** @name Edit user interface */ /** * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will * fall back to the old behavior (no merging). */ public const Diff3 = [ 'default' => '/usr/bin/diff3', ]; /** * Path to the GNU diff utility. */ public const Diff = [ 'default' => '/usr/bin/diff', ]; /** * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki) * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for */ public const PreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [ 'default' => [ NS_CATEGORY => true ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it * (currently only Firefox with an extension) * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information */ public const UniversalEditButton = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set- * ting this variable false. */ public const UseAutomaticEditSummaries = [ 'default' => true, ]; // endregion -- end edit UI /***************************************************************************/ // region Maintenance /** @name Maintenance */ // See also $wgSiteNotice /** * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ? */ public const CommandLineDarkBg = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be * used as an explanation to users. * * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only * option in MySQL. */ public const ReadOnly = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode. * * @since 1.31 */ public const ReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode. * * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning * message. * * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php */ public const ReadOnlyFile = [ 'default' => false, 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory' ] ] ]; /** * @param mixed $uploadDirectory Value of UploadDirectory * @return string */ public static function getDefaultReadOnlyFile( $uploadDirectory ): string { return "$uploadDirectory/lock_yBgMBwiR"; } /** * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades. * * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key, * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php. */ public const UpgradeKey = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Fully specified path to git binary */ public const GitBin = [ 'default' => '/usr/bin/git', ]; /** * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version * * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(), * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL. * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.) * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision. * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1. * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding * * @since 1.20 */ public const GitRepositoryViewers = [ 'default' => [ 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' => 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H', 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' => 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H', ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Initial content to create when installing a wiki. An array of page info * arrays. Each must contain at least one of: * - title: The title to create (string) * - titlemsg: The name of a message to read the title from * * And one of: * - text: The text to write to the page (string) * - textmsg: The name of a message to read the page contents from * * The text may contain * - {{InstallerOption:}}: This will be replaced with the named option value * - {{InstallerConfig:}}: This will be replaced with the named config value * * @see \InstallPreConfigured * @since 1.44 */ public const InstallerInitialPages = [ 'default' => [ [ 'titlemsg' => 'mainpage', 'text' => "{{subst:int:mainpagetext}}\n\n{{subst:int:mainpagedocfooter}}", ] ], 'type' => 'list' ]; // endregion -- End of maintenance /***************************************************************************/ // region Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history /** @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history */ /** * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many * seconds will go. * * Default: 90 days = about three months */ public const RCMaxAge = [ 'default' => 90 * 24 * 3600, ]; /** * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive. * * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months. * * @since 1.26 */ public const WatchersMaxAge = [ 'default' => 180 * 24 * 3600, ]; /** * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it. * * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0. * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info. * * @since 1.26 */ public const UnwatchedPageSecret = [ 'default' => 1, ]; /** * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which * is still there. */ public const RCFilterByAge = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages. */ public const RCLinkLimits = [ 'default' => [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages. * * @see \MediaWiki\SpecialPage\ChangesListSpecialPage::getLinkDays */ public const RCLinkDays = [ 'default' => [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent. * * The following feed classes are available by default: * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server. * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis. * * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are * passed to the constructor. * * Common options: * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed). * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false) * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false) * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false) * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false) * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false) * * FormattedRCFeed-specific options: * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent. * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines * to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use. * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class. * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter, * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter. * * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options: * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array * * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options: * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values. * * **Examples:** * * ``` * $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [ * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336', * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter', * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false, * 'omit_bots' => true, * ]; * ``` * * ``` * $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [ * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338', * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter', * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false, * 'omit_bots' => true, * ]; * ``` * * ``` * $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [ * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class, * ]; * ``` * * @since 1.22 */ public const RCFeeds = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme. * * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes. * * @since 1.22 */ public const RCEngines = [ 'default' => [ 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class, 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange. * * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows: * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title) * - deletion: nothing is mentioned * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned * * @since 1.27 */ public const RCWatchCategoryMembership = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists) * New pages and new files are included. * * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on * Special:Log. */ public const UseRCPatrol = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist. * * 0 to disable completely. */ public const StructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = [ 'default' => 3, ]; /** * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages * * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on * Special:Log. */ public const UseNPPatrol = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles * * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on * Special:Log. * @since 1.27 */ public const UseFilePatrol = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages */ public const Feed = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for * eg Recentchanges, Newpages. */ public const FeedLimit = [ 'default' => 50, ]; /** * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds. * * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render. * * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only; * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs. */ public const FeedCacheTimeout = [ 'default' => 60, ]; /** * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for * pages larger than this size. */ public const FeedDiffCutoff = [ 'default' => 32768, ]; /** * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one). * * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed * as value. * * **Example:** * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml * * ``` * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml"; * ``` */ public const OverrideSiteFeed = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Available feeds objects. * * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true. */ public const FeedClasses = [ 'default' => [ 'rss' => \MediaWiki\Feed\RSSFeed::class, 'atom' => \MediaWiki\Feed\AtomFeed::class, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss', * 'atom', neither, or both. */ public const AdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'default' => [ 'atom', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views */ public const RCShowWatchingUsers = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes */ public const RCShowChangedSize = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * If the difference between the character counts of the text * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be * highlighted on the RC page. */ public const RCChangedSizeThreshold = [ 'default' => 500, ]; /** * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history * view for watched pages with new changes */ public const ShowUpdatedMarker = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc. */ public const DisableAnonTalk = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc * Has no effect if no tags are defined. */ public const UseTagFilter = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * List of core tags to enable. * * @since 1.31 * @since 1.36 Added 'mw-manual-revert' and 'mw-reverted' * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_CONTENT_MODEL_CHANGE * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_NEW_REDIRECT * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_REMOVED_REDIRECT * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_CHANGED_REDIRECT_TARGET * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_BLANK * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_REPLACE * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_RECREATE * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_ROLLBACK * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_UNDO * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_MANUAL_REVERT * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_REVERTED * @see \MediaWiki\ChangeTags\ChangeTags::TAG_SERVER_SIDE_UPLOAD */ public const SoftwareTags = [ 'default' => [ 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true, 'mw-new-redirect' => true, 'mw-removed-redirect' => true, 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true, 'mw-blank' => true, 'mw-replace' => true, 'mw-recreated' => true, 'mw-rollback' => true, 'mw-undo' => true, 'mw-manual-revert' => true, 'mw-reverted' => true, 'mw-server-side-upload' => true, ], 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ], ]; /** * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of * watchers. * * @since 1.21 */ public const UnwatchedPageThreshold = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate * certain types of edits. * * To register a new one: * * ``` * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [ * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists * 'letter' => 'letter-msg', * // message for the tooltip of the letter * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg', * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box * 'legend' => 'legend-msg', * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows * 'class' => 'css-class', * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any' * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will * // only be set if all lines contain the flag. * 'grouping' => 'any', * ]; * ``` * * @since 1.22 */ public const RecentChangesFlags = [ 'default' => [ 'newpage' => [ 'letter' => 'newpageletter', 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage', 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage', 'grouping' => 'any', ], 'minor' => [ 'letter' => 'minoreditletter', 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor', 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor', 'class' => 'minoredit', 'grouping' => 'all', ], 'bot' => [ 'letter' => 'boteditletter', 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot', 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot', 'class' => 'botedit', 'grouping' => 'all', ], 'unpatrolled' => [ 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter', 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled', 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled', 'grouping' => 'any', ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Whether to enable the watchlist expiry feature. * * @since 1.35 */ public const WatchlistExpiry = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Chance of expired watchlist items being purged on any page edit. * * Only has effect if $wgWatchlistExpiry is true. * * If this is zero, expired watchlist items will not be removed * and the purgeExpiredWatchlistItems.php maintenance script should be run periodically. * * @since 1.35 */ public const WatchlistPurgeRate = [ 'default' => 0.1, 'type' => 'float', ]; /** * Relative maximum duration for watchlist expiries, as accepted by strtotime(). * * This relates to finite watchlist expiries only. Pages can be watched indefinitely * regardless of what this is set to. * * This is used to ensure the watchlist_expiry table doesn't grow to be too big. * * Only has effect if $wgWatchlistExpiry is true. * * Set to null to allow expiries of any duration. * * @since 1.35 */ public const WatchlistExpiryMaxDuration = [ 'default' => '1 year', 'type' => '?string', ]; // endregion -- end RC/watchlist /***************************************************************************/ // region Copyright and credits settings /** @name Copyright and credits settings */ /** * Override for copyright metadata. * * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status, * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified. */ public const RightsPage = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your * wiki. * * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored. */ public const RightsUrl = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for * the link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML. * * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the * name * of the page will also be used as the link text if this variable is not set. */ public const RightsText = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * Override for copyright metadata. */ public const RightsIcon = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload. */ public const UseCopyrightUpload = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for * large wikis. */ public const MaxCredits = [ 'default' => 0, ]; /** * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them. * * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page. */ public const ShowCreditsIfMax = [ 'default' => true, ]; // endregion -- end of copyright and credits settings /***************************************************************************/ // region Import / Export /** @name Import / Export */ /** * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be * imported, these should be 'trusted'. * * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two, * e.g. * * ``` * $wgImportSources = [ * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ], * 'wikispecies', * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ], * ]; * ``` * * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using * the ImportSources hook. * * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission, * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface. */ public const ImportSources = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports. * * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue. * Set to numeric key, not the name. * * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog. */ public const ImportTargetNamespace = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export. * * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is * disabled on Wikimedia's sites. */ public const ExportAllowHistory = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things * could get bogged down by very very long pages. */ public const ExportMaxHistory = [ 'default' => 0, ]; /** * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history) */ public const ExportAllowListContributors = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number * can become *really really large* and could easily break your wiki, * it's disabled by default for now. * * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too * high. In other words, last resort safety net. */ public const ExportMaxLinkDepth = [ 'default' => 0, ]; /** * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option */ public const ExportFromNamespaces = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file */ public const ExportAllowAll = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and * GetPagesFromNamespace functions. * * @since 1.27 */ public const ExportPagelistLimit = [ 'default' => 5000, ]; /** * The schema to use by default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control * explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format. */ public const XmlDumpSchemaVersion = [ 'default' => XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_11, ]; // endregion -- end of import/export /***************************************************************************/ // region Wiki Farm /** @name Wiki Farm */ /** * A directory that contains site-specific configuration files. * * Setting this will enable multi-tenant ("wiki farm") mode, causing * site-specific settings to be loaded based on information from the web request. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL * @since 1.38 */ public const WikiFarmSettingsDirectory = [ 'default' => null ]; /** * The file extension to be used when looking up site-specific settings files in * $wgWikiFarmSettingsDirectory, such as 'json' or 'yaml'. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL * @since 1.38 */ public const WikiFarmSettingsExtension = [ 'default' => 'yaml' ]; // endregion -- End Wiki Farm /***************************************************************************/ // region Extensions /** @name Extensions */ /** * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully * initialised */ public const ExtensionFunctions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Extension messages files. * * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages * is the most common. * * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined * in the core. * * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored. * * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php'; * ``` */ public const ExtensionMessagesFiles = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Extension messages directories. * * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g. * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of * message directories. * * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs() * * **Simple example:** * * ``` * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n'; * ``` * * **Complex example:** * * ``` * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [ * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n', * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n', * __DIR__ . '/i18n', * ] * ``` * * @since 1.23 */ public const MessagesDirs = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Message directories containing JSON files for localisation of special page aliases. * * Associative array mapping extension name to the directory where configurations can be * found. The directory is expected to contain JSON files corresponding to each language code. * * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined * in the core. We recommend using this configuration to set variables that require localisation: * special page aliases, and in the future namespace aliases and magic words. * * **Simple example**: extension.json * ``` * "TranslationAliasesDirs": { * "TranslationNotificationsAlias": "i18n/aliases" * } * ``` * **Complex example**: extension.json * ``` * "TranslationAliasesDirs": { * "TranslationNotificationsAlias": [ "i18n/special-page-aliases", "i18n/magic-words", "i18n/namespaces" ] * } * ``` * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL * @since 1.42 */ public const TranslationAliasesDirs = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php * * @since 1.22 */ public const ExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment */ public const EnableParserLimitReporting = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * List of valid skin names * * The key should be the name in all lower case. * * As of 1.35, the value should be a an array in the form of the ObjectFactory specification. * * For example for 'foobarskin' where the PHP class is 'MediaWiki\Skins\FooBar\FooBarSkin' set: * * **skin.json Example:** * * ``` * "ValidSkinNames": { * "foobarskin": { * "displayname": "FooBarSkin", * "class": "MediaWiki\\Skins\\FooBar\\FooBarSkin" * } * } * ``` * * Historically, the value was a properly cased name for the skin (and is still currently * supported). This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create the class name of the * skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor if you wish to have access to the * full list. */ public const ValidSkinNames = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of * special pages to either a class name or a ObjectFactory spec to be instantiated, or a callback to use for * creating the special page object. In all cases, the result must be an instance of SpecialPage. */ public const SpecialPages = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Obsolete switch that controlled legacy case-insensitive classloading. * * Case-insensitive classloading was needed for loading data that had * been serialized by PHP 4 with the class names converted to lowercase. * It is no longer necessary since 1.31; the lowercase forms in question * are now listed in autoload.php (T166759). * * @deprecated since 1.35 */ public const AutoloadAttemptLowercase = [ 'default' => false, 'obsolete' => 'Since 1.40; no longer has any effect.', 'description' => 'Has been emitting warnings since 1.39 (LTS). ' . 'Can be removed completely in 1.44, assuming 1.43 is an LTS release.' ]; /** * Add information about an installed extension, keyed by its type. * * This is for use from LocalSettings.php and legacy PHP-entrypoint * extensions. In general, extensions should (only) declare this * information in their extension.json file. * * The 'name', 'path' and 'author' keys are required. * * ``` * $wgExtensionCredits['other'][] = [ * 'path' => __FILE__, * 'name' => 'Example extension', * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name', * 'author' => [ * 'Foo Barstein', * ], * 'version' => '0.0.1', * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/', * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc', * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later', * ]; * ``` * * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is * interpreted as wikitext. * * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam', * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes(). * * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message. * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older. * * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names * usually are.) * * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked, * for instance "[https://example ...]". * * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an array with message key and parameters: * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',` * * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg'). * * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers). * * @see \MediaWiki\Specials\SpecialVersion::getCredits */ public const ExtensionCredits = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Global list of hooks. * * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find * a description for most of them in their respective hook interfaces. For * overview of the hook system see docs/Hooks.md. The array is used internally * by HookContainer::run(). * * The value can be one of: * * - A function name: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;` * * - A function with some data: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];` * * * - A an object method: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];` * * - A closure: * ``` * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) { * // Handler code goes here. * }; * ``` * * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up * deleting a previous registered hook. * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching. */ public const Hooks = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_merge_recursive', ]; /** * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices. Each * file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names to * instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services. * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices hook * for that. * * @note the default wiring file will be added automatically by Setup.php * @see \MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices * @see \Wikimedia\Services\ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading * service instantiator functions. * @see docs/Injection.md for an overview of dependency * injection in MediaWiki. */ public const ServiceWiringFiles = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions * can add to this to provide custom jobs. * * Since 1.40, job handlers can be specified as object specs * for use with ObjectFactory, using an array, a plain class name, * or a callback. * * @note The constructor signature of job classes has to follow one of two patterns: * Either it takes a parameter array as the first argument, followed by any services it * needs to have injected: ( array $params, ... ). * Or it takes a PageReference as the first parameter, followed by the parameter array, * followed by any services: ( PageReference $page, array $params, ... ). * In order to signal to the JobFactory that the $page parameter should be omitted from * the constructor arguments, the job class has to be a subclass of GenericParameterJob, * or the object specification for the job has to set the 'needsPage' key to false. * If a callback is used, its signature follows the same rules. */ public const JobClasses = [ 'default' => [ 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class, 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class, 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class, 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class, 'sendMail' => [ 'class' => EmaillingJob::class, 'services' => [ 0 => 'Emailer' ] ], 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class, 'fixDoubleRedirect' => [ 'class' => DoubleRedirectJob::class, 'services' => [ 'RevisionLookup', 'MagicWordFactory', 'WikiPageFactory', ], // This job requires a title 'needsPage' => true, ], 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class, 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class, 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class, 'UploadFromUrl' => UploadFromUrlJob::class, 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class, 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class, 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class, 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class, 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class, 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class, 'watchlistExpiry' => WatchlistExpiryJob::class, 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class, 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class, 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class, 'userOptionsUpdate' => UserOptionsUpdateJob::class, 'revertedTagUpdate' => RevertedTagUpdateJob::class, 'null' => NullJob::class, 'userEditCountInit' => UserEditCountInitJob::class, 'parsoidCachePrewarm' => [ 'class' => ParsoidCachePrewarmJob::class, 'services' => [ 'ParserOutputAccess', 'PageStore', 'RevisionLookup', 'ParsoidSiteConfig', ], // tell the JobFactory not to include the $page parameter in the constructor call 'needsPage' => false ], 'renameUserTable' => [ 'class' => RenameUserTableJob::class, 'services' => [ 'MainConfig', 'DBLoadBalancerFactory' ] ], 'renameUserDerived' => [ 'class' => RenameUserDerivedJob::class, 'services' => [ 'RenameUserFactory', 'UserFactory' ] ], // 'renameUser' is a alias for backward compatibility // it should be removed in the future releases 'renameUser' => [ 'class' => RenameUserTableJob::class, 'services' => [ 'MainConfig', 'DBLoadBalancerFactory' ] ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses. * * These can be: * - Very long-running jobs. * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request. * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl ) * These settings should be global to all wikis. */ public const JobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'default' => [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile', 'UploadFromUrl' ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job, * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs. * * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate. * These settings should be global to all wikis. */ public const JobBackoffThrottling = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'float', ], ]; /** * Map of job types to configuration arrays. * * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type. * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config. * These settings should be global to all wikis. */ public const JobTypeConf = [ 'default' => [ 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ], ], 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'properties' => [ 'class' => [ 'type' => 'string' ], 'order' => [ 'type' => 'string' ], 'claimTTL' => [ 'type' => 'int' ] ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued * for the API's maxlag parameter. * * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5, * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once * that limit is hit. * * @since 1.29 */ public const JobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages. * * Expensive Querypages are already updated. */ public const SpecialPageCacheUpdates = [ 'default' => [ 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ] ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt). * * This array can be added to by extensions. */ public const PagePropLinkInvalidations = [ 'default' => [ 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks', ], 'type' => 'map', ]; // endregion -- End extensions /***************************************************************************/ // region Categories /** @name Categories */ /** * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that * category instead of listing them as articles. */ public const CategoryMagicGallery = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Paging limit for categories */ public const CategoryPagingLimit = [ 'default' => 200, ]; /** * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page. * * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation. * * Available values are: * * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that. * * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string. * * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase". * * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension * installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the * server. * * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix * the sort keys in the database. * * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation * and using the Collation::factory hook. */ public const CategoryCollation = [ 'default' => 'uppercase', ]; /** * Additional category collations to store during LinksUpdate. This can be used * to perform online migration of categories from one collation to another. An * array of associative arrays each having the following keys: * * - table: (string) The table name * - collation: (string) The collation to use for cl_sortkey * - fakeCollation: (string) The collation name to insert into cl_collation * * @since 1.38 */ public const TempCategoryCollations = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Whether to sort categories in OutputPage for display. * * The value of CategoryCollation is used for sorting. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL This feature is used for Parsoid development, * but its future as a core feature will depend on community uptake. */ public const SortedCategories = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Array holding default tracking category names. * * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category. * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked. * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically. * * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories. * * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using * the new extension registration system. * @since 1.23 */ public const TrackingCategories = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', 'deprecated' => 'since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using ' . 'the new extension registration system.', ]; // endregion -- End categories /***************************************************************************/ // region Logging /** @name Logging */ /** * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that * log type. * * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid * log types instead of checking the global variable. */ public const LogTypes = [ 'default' => [ '', 'block', 'protect', 'rights', 'delete', 'upload', 'move', 'import', 'interwiki', 'patrol', 'merge', 'suppress', 'tag', 'managetags', 'contentmodel', 'renameuser', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes * Logs should remain non-transcludable * Format: logtype => permissiontype */ public const LogRestrictions = [ 'default' => [ 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog', ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types. * * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default" * * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types. * * **Example:** * * `$wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];` * * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by * default, and hidden when the link is clicked. * * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be * used for the link text. */ public const FilterLogTypes = [ 'default' => [ 'patrol' => true, 'tag' => true, 'newusers' => false, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages * will be listed in the user interface. * * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array. * * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE, * where TYPE is your log type, you don't need to use this array. */ public const LogNames = [ 'default' => [ '' => 'all-logs-page', 'block' => 'blocklogpage', 'protect' => 'protectlogpage', 'rights' => 'rightslog', 'delete' => 'dellogpage', 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage', 'move' => 'movelogpage', 'import' => 'importlogpage', 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page', 'merge' => 'mergelog', 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog', ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the * top of each log type. * * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array. * * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE, * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array. */ public const LogHeaders = [ 'default' => [ '' => 'alllogstext', 'block' => 'blocklogtext', 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext', 'import' => 'importlogpagetext', 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext', 'move' => 'movelogpagetext', 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header', 'protect' => 'protectlogtext', 'rights' => 'rightslogtext', 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext', 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext', ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Maps log actions to message keys, for formatting log entries of each type * and action when displaying logs to the user. * The array keys are composed as "$type/$action". * * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array. */ public const LogActions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * The same as above, but here values are class names or ObjectFactory specifications, * not messages. The specification must resolve to a LogFormatter subclass, * and will receive the LogEntry object as its first constructor argument. * The type can be specified as '*' (e.g. 'block/*') to handle all types. * * @see \MediaWiki\Logging\LogPage::actionText * @see \MediaWiki\Logging\LogFormatter */ public const LogActionsHandlers = [ 'default' => [ 'block/block' => [ 'class' => BlockLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', 'NamespaceInfo', ] ], 'block/reblock' => [ 'class' => BlockLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', 'NamespaceInfo', ] ], 'block/unblock' => [ 'class' => BlockLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', 'NamespaceInfo', ] ], 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class, 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class, 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, 'delete/delete_redir2' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class, 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class, 'interwiki/iw_add' => InterwikiLogFormatter::class, 'interwiki/iw_delete' => InterwikiLogFormatter::class, 'interwiki/iw_edit' => InterwikiLogFormatter::class, 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class, 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class, 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class, 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class, 'merge/merge' => [ 'class' => MergeLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', ] ], 'move/move' => [ 'class' => MoveLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', ] ], 'move/move_redir' => [ 'class' => MoveLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', ] ], 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class, 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class, 'protect/modify' => [ 'class' => ProtectLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', ] ], 'protect/move_prot' => [ 'class' => ProtectLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', ] ], 'protect/protect' => [ 'class' => ProtectLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', ] ], 'protect/unprotect' => [ 'class' => ProtectLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', ] ], 'renameuser/renameuser' => [ 'class' => RenameuserLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', ] ], 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class, 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class, 'suppress/block' => [ 'class' => BlockLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', 'NamespaceInfo', ] ], 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, 'suppress/reblock' => [ 'class' => BlockLogFormatter::class, 'services' => [ 'TitleParser', 'NamespaceInfo', ] ], 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class, 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class, 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class, 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class, ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * List of log types that can be filtered by action types * * To each action is associated the list of log_action * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so * Extensions may append to this array * * @since 1.27 */ public const ActionFilteredLogs = [ 'default' => [ 'block' => [ 'block' => [ 'block' ], 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ], 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ], ], 'contentmodel' => [ 'change' => [ 'change' ], 'new' => [ 'new' ], ], 'delete' => [ 'delete' => [ 'delete' ], 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir', 'delete_redir2' ], 'restore' => [ 'restore' ], 'event' => [ 'event' ], 'revision' => [ 'revision' ], ], 'import' => [ 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ], 'upload' => [ 'upload' ], ], 'managetags' => [ 'create' => [ 'create' ], 'delete' => [ 'delete' ], 'activate' => [ 'activate' ], 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ], ], 'move' => [ 'move' => [ 'move' ], 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ], ], 'newusers' => [ 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ], 'create2' => [ 'create2' ], 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ], 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ], ], 'protect' => [ 'protect' => [ 'protect' ], 'modify' => [ 'modify' ], 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ], 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ], ], 'rights' => [ 'rights' => [ 'rights' ], 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ], ], 'suppress' => [ 'event' => [ 'event' ], 'revision' => [ 'revision' ], 'delete' => [ 'delete' ], 'block' => [ 'block' ], 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ], ], 'upload' => [ 'upload' => [ 'upload' ], 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ], 'revert' => [ 'revert' ], ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers? */ public const NewUserLog = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create? * * @since 1.32 */ public const PageCreationLog = [ 'default' => true, ]; // endregion -- end logging /***************************************************************************/ // region Special pages (general and miscellaneous) /** @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous) */ /** * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}} */ public const AllowSpecialInclusion = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages. * * Mapping each special page name to a run mode like 'periodical' if a cronjob is set up. */ public const DisableQueryPageUpdate = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used. */ public const CountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination */ public const MaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = [ 'default' => 500, ]; /** * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check * at Special:Contributions. * * @since 1.30 */ public const RangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [ 'default' => [ 'IPv4' => 16, 'IPv6' => 32, ], 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'integer', ], ]; // endregion -- end special pages /***************************************************************************/ // region Actions /** @name Actions */ /** * Map of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=" parameter. * to the corresponding handler code. * See ActionFactory for the syntax. Core defaults are in ActionFactory::CORE_ACTIONS, * anything here overrides that. */ public const Actions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; // endregion -- end actions /***************************************************************************/ // region Robot (search engine crawler) policy /** @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy */ // See also $wgNoFollowLinks. /** * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol- * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page * basis. */ public const DefaultRobotPolicy = [ 'default' => 'index,follow', ]; /** * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can- * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex, * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ]; * ``` */ public const NamespaceRobotPolicies = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies. * * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised * text form title and the value is a robot policy. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [ * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow', * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow', * ]; * ``` * * **Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text** * forms: * * ``` * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [ * // Underscore, not space! * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow', * // "Project", not the actual project name! * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow', * // Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)! * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow' * ]; * ``` */ public const ArticleRobotPolicies = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces. * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ]; * ``` */ public const ExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?list', ]; // endregion End robot policy /***************************************************************************/ // region Action API and REST API /** @name Action API and REST API */ /** * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only * * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes. * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning. * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set. * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules * requiring POST. * * @since 1.21 */ public const DebugAPI = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * API module extensions. * * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs; * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module. * * That factory function will be called with two parameters, * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain) * and the name the module was registered under. The return * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class' * field. * * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a * simple string containing the module's class name. In that * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent * module and module name as parameters, as described above. * * Examples for registering API modules: * * ``` * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo'; * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [ * 'class' => ApiBar::class, * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... } * ]; * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [ * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class, * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ] * ]; * ``` * Extension modules may override the core modules. * See ApiMain::MODULES for a list of the core modules. */ public const APIModules = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * API format module extensions. * * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules). * Extension modules may override the core modules. * * See ApiMain::FORMATS for a list of the core format modules. */ public const APIFormatModules = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * API Query meta module extensions. * * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules). * Extension modules may override the core modules. * * See ApiQuery::QUERY_META_MODULES for a list of the core meta modules. */ public const APIMetaModules = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * API Query prop module extensions. * * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules). * Extension modules may override the core modules. * * See ApiQuery::QUERY_PROP_MODULES for a list of the core prop modules. */ public const APIPropModules = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * API Query list module extensions. * * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules). * Extension modules may override the core modules. * * See ApiQuery::QUERY_LIST_MODULES for a list of the core list modules. */ public const APIListModules = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API * The default value is generally fine */ public const APIMaxDBRows = [ 'default' => 5000, ]; /** * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result. * * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024 */ public const APIMaxResultSize = [ 'default' => 8_388_608, ]; /** * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether */ public const APIMaxUncachedDiffs = [ 'default' => 1, ]; /** * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors. * * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf. */ public const APIMaxLagThreshold = [ 'default' => 7, ]; /** * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable * API request logging */ public const APIRequestLog = [ 'default' => false, 'deprecated' => 'since 1.43; use api or api-request $wgDebugLogGroups channel', ]; /** * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled */ public const APICacheHelpTimeout = [ 'default' => 60 * 60, ]; /** * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true * API queries. */ public const APIUselessQueryPages = [ 'default' => [ 'MIMEsearch', 'LinkSearch', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. */ public const AjaxLicensePreview = [ 'default' => true, ]; /** * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests: * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header. * * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php) * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax: * * - '*' matches any number of characters * - '?' matches any 1 character * * **Example:** * * ``` * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [ * 'www.mediawiki.org', * '*.wikipedia.org', * '*.wikimedia.org', * '*.wiktionary.org', * ]; * ``` */ public const CrossSiteAJAXdomains = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests, * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains */ public const CrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * List of allowed headers for cross-origin API requests. */ public const AllowedCorsHeaders = [ 'default' => [ /* simple headers (see spec) */ 'Accept', 'Accept-Language', 'Content-Language', 'Content-Type', /* non-authorable headers in XHR, which are however requested by some UAs */ 'Accept-Encoding', 'DNT', 'Origin', /* MediaWiki whitelist */ 'User-Agent', 'Api-User-Agent', /* Allowing caching preflight requests, see T269636 */ 'Access-Control-Max-Age', /* OAuth 2.0, see T322944 */ 'Authorization', ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Additional REST API Route files. * * A common usage is to enable development/experimental endpoints only on test wikis. */ public const RestAPIAdditionalRouteFiles = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * A list of OpenAPI specs to be made available for exploration on * Special:RestSandbox. If none are given, Special:RestSandbox is disabled. * * This is an associative array, arbitrary spec IDs to spec descriptions. * Each spec description is an array with the following keys: * - url: the URL that will return the OpenAPI spec. * - name: the name of the API, to be shown on Special:RestSandbox. * Ignored if msg is given. * - msg: a message key for the name of the API, to be shown on * Special:RestSandbox. * * @unstable Introduced in 1.43. We may want to rename or change this to * accommodate the need to list external APIs in a central discovery * document. */ public const RestSandboxSpecs = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'properties' => [ 'url' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'format' => 'url' ], 'name' => [ 'type' => 'string' ], 'msg' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'description' => 'a message key' ] ], 'required' => [ 'url' ] ] ]; // endregion -- End AJAX and API /***************************************************************************/ // region Shell and process control /** @name Shell and process control */ /** * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KiB. */ public const MaxShellMemory = [ 'default' => 307_200, ]; /** * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KiB * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space */ public const MaxShellFileSize = [ 'default' => 102_400, ]; /** * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux */ public const MaxShellTime = [ 'default' => 180, ]; /** * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux */ public const MaxShellWallClockTime = [ 'default' => 180, ]; /** * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki. * * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making * them segfault or deadlock. * * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup. * * **Example:** * * ``` * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php * ``` * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g. * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784 */ public const ShellCgroup = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install. */ public const PhpCli = [ 'default' => '/usr/bin/php', ]; /** * Method to use to restrict shell commands * * Supported options: * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available * - 'firejail': Use firejail * - false: Don't use any restrictions * * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required. * @since 1.31 */ public const ShellRestrictionMethod = [ 'default' => 'autodetect', 'type' => 'string|false', ]; /** * Shell commands can be run on a remote server using Shellbox. To use this * feature, set this to the URLs mapped by the service, and also configure $wgShellboxSecretKey. * * You can also disable a certain service by setting it to false or null. * * 'default' would be the default URL if no URL is defined for that service. * * For more information about installing Shellbox, see * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Shellbox * * @since 1.37 */ public const ShellboxUrls = [ 'default' => [ 'default' => null, ], 'type' => 'map', 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'string|false|null', ], ]; /** * The secret key for HMAC verification of Shellbox requests. Set this to * a long random string. * * @since 1.36 */ public const ShellboxSecretKey = [ 'default' => null, 'type' => '?string', ]; /** * The POSIX-compatible shell to use when running scripts. This is used by * some media handling shell commands. * * If ShellboxUrls is configured, this path should exist on the remote side. * On Windows this should be the full path to bash.exe, not git-bash.exe. * * @since 1.42 */ public const ShellboxShell = [ 'default' => '/bin/sh', 'type' => '?string', ]; // endregion -- end Shell and process control /***************************************************************************/ // region HTTP client /** @name HTTP client */ /** * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds. * * @since 1.5 */ public const HTTPTimeout = [ 'default' => 25, 'type' => 'float', ]; /** * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds). * * Only supported if cURL is installed, ignored otherwise. * * @since 1.22 */ public const HTTPConnectTimeout = [ 'default' => 5.0, 'type' => 'float', ]; /** * The maximum HTTP request timeout in seconds. If any specified or configured * request timeout is larger than this, then this value will be used instead. * Zero is interpreted as "no limit". * * @since 1.35 */ public const HTTPMaxTimeout = [ 'default' => 0, 'type' => 'float', ]; /** * The maximum HTTP connect timeout in seconds. If any specified or configured * connect timeout is larger than this, then this value will be used instead. * Zero is interpreted as "no limit". * * @since 1.35 */ public const HTTPMaxConnectTimeout = [ 'default' => 0, 'type' => 'float', ]; /** * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds. * * @since 1.29 */ public const HTTPImportTimeout = [ 'default' => 25, ]; /** * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds. */ public const AsyncHTTPTimeout = [ 'default' => 25, ]; /** * Proxy to use for CURL requests. */ public const HTTPProxy = [ 'default' => '', ]; /** * A list of URL domains that will be routed to the proxy specified by * $wgLocalHTTPProxy. * * @since 1.25 */ public const LocalVirtualHosts = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Proxy to use for requests to domains in $wgLocalVirtualHosts * * If set to false, no reverse proxy will be used for local requests. * * @since 1.38 */ public const LocalHTTPProxy = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'string|false', ]; /** * Whether to respect/honour * - request ID provided by the incoming request via the `X-Request-Id` * - trace context provided by the incoming request via the `tracestate` and `traceparent` * * Set to `true` if the entity sitting in front of MediaWiki sanitises external requests. * * Default: `false`. */ public const AllowExternalReqID = [ 'default' => false, ]; // endregion -- End HTTP client /***************************************************************************/ // region Job queue /** @name Job queue */ /** * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case jobs are * performed probabilistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done during ordinary * apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should be run in loop every * few seconds via a service or cron job. If using a cron job, be sure to handle the * case where the script is already running (e.g. via `/usr/bin/flock -n `). * * If this is set to a non-zero number, then it is highly recommended that PHP run in * fastcgi mode (php_fpm). When using a standard Apache PHP handler (mod_php), it is * recommended that output_buffering and zlib.output_compression both be set to "Off", * allowing MediaWiki to install an unlimited size output buffer on the fly. Setting * output_buffering to an integer (e.g. 4096) or enabling zlib.output_compression can * cause user-visible slowness as background tasks execute during web requests. * * Regardless of the web server engine in use, be sure to configure a sufficient number * processes/threads in order to avoid exhaustion (which will cause user-visible slowness). */ public const JobRunRate = [ 'default' => 1, ]; /** * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job * execution finishes. * * @since 1.23 */ public const RunJobsAsync = [ 'default' => false, ]; /** * Number of rows to update per job */ public const UpdateRowsPerJob = [ 'default' => 300, ]; /** * Number of rows to update per query */ public const UpdateRowsPerQuery = [ 'default' => 100, ]; // endregion -- End job queue /***************************************************************************/ // region Miscellaneous /** @name Miscellaneous */ /** * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in. * * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page' */ public const RedirectOnLogin = [ 'default' => null, ]; /** * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services. * * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of: * - class : the fully qualified class name * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient(); * * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid: * * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [ * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class, * 'options' => [ * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000', * 'prefix' => 'enwiki', * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org' * ] * ]; * * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value, * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module. * * Example config for Parsoid: * * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [ * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000', * 'prefix' => 'enwiki', * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org', * ]; * * @since 1.25 */ public const VirtualRestConfig = [ 'default' => [ 'paths' => [], 'modules' => [], 'global' => [ # Timeout in seconds 'timeout' => 360, # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php 'forwardCookies' => false, 'HTTPProxy' => null ] ], 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration. * * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listeners * can subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon * can run on each CDN cache node and perform local purges based on the URL purge channel * events. * * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also * share the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overridden). They can use * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some systems have very different * performance vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all * uses. * * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry * here. * * @since 1.27 */ public const EventRelayerConfig = [ 'default' => [ 'default' => [ 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class, ], ], 'type' => 'map', ]; /** * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers * * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system, * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts. * * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback * * For the pingback privacy policy, see: * https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/MediaWiki_Pingback_Privacy_Statement * * Aggregate pingback data is available at: https://pingback.wmflabs.org/ * * @since 1.28 */ public const Pingback = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Origin Trials tokens. * * @since 1.33 */ public const OriginTrials = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL * @since 1.34 */ public const ReportToExpiry = [ 'default' => 86400, 'type' => 'integer', ]; /** * List of endpoints for the Reporting API. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL * @since 1.34 */ public const ReportToEndpoints = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable. * * Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL * @since 1.34 */ public const FeaturePolicyReportOnly = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * List of preferred skins to be listed higher in Special:Preferences * * @since 1.38 */ public const SkinsPreferred = [ 'default' => [ 'vector-2022', 'vector' ], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * List of skins that show a link to the Special:Contribute page * * @since 1.40 */ public const SpecialContributeSkinsEnabled = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'list', ]; /** * Whether to enable the client-side edit recovery feature. * * @unstable Temporary feature flag, T341844 * @since 1.41 */ public const EnableEditRecovery = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Number of seconds to keep edit recovery data after the edit is stored. */ public const EditRecoveryExpiry = [ 'default' => 30 * 24 * 3600, 'type' => 'integer', ]; /** * Whether to use Codex in Special:Block form. * * @unstable Temporary feature flag, T358153 * @since 1.42 */ public const UseCodexSpecialBlock = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Whether to display a confirmation screen during user log out. * * @unstable Temporary feature flag, T357484 * @since 1.42 */ public const ShowLogoutConfirmation = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * Whether to show indicators on a page when it is protected. * * @since 1.43 */ public const EnableProtectionIndicators = [ 'default' => false, 'type' => 'boolean', ]; /** * OutputPipelineStages to add to the DefaultOutputPipeline. * * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL * @since 1.43 */ public const OutputPipelineStages = [ 'default' => [], 'type' => 'map', ]; // endregion -- End Miscellaneous }